PMC PM7329-BI

PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
PM7329
TM
S/UNI -
APEX-1k800
S/UNI-APEX-1K800
ATM/PACKET TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
DATASHEET
ISSUE 2: JUNE, 2001
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
REVISION HISTORY
Issue No.
Issue Date
Details of Change
Issue 1
February, 2001
Document created.
Issue 2
June, 2001
Document revision
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CONTENTS
1
DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1
2
FEATURES .............................................................................................. 3
3
APPLICATIONS ....................................................................................... 7
4
REFERENCES......................................................................................... 8
5
APPLICATION EXAMPLES ..................................................................... 9
6
BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................. 10
7
DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................... 12
8
PIN DIAGRAM ....................................................................................... 16
9
PIN DESCRIPTION................................................................................ 17
10
9.1
LOOP ANY-PHY RECEIVE MASTER/TRANSMIT SLAVE
INTERFACE (28 SIGNALS) ........................................................ 17
9.2
LOOP ANY-PHY TRANSMIT MASTER/RECEIVE SLAVE
INTERFACE (34 SIGNALS) ........................................................ 22
9.3
WAN ANY-PHY RECEIVE MASTER/TRANSMIT SLAVE
INTERFACE (25 SIGNALS) ........................................................ 26
9.4
WAN ANY-PHY TRANSMIT MASTER/RECEIVE SLAVE
INTERFACE (25 SIGNALS) ........................................................ 31
9.5
CONTEXT MEMORY SYNCHRONOUS SSRAM INTERFACE (59
SIGNALS).................................................................................... 36
9.6
CELL BUFFER SDRAM INTERFACE (52 SIGNALS) ................. 38
9.7
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE (44 SIGNALS)..................... 40
9.8
GENERAL (10 SIGNALS) ........................................................... 44
9.9
JTAG & SCAN INTERFACE (7 SIGNALS) .................................. 45
9.10
POWER....................................................................................... 47
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................. 49
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
i
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
10.1
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
ANY-PHY INTERFACES ............................................................. 49
10.1.1 RECEIVE INTERFACE..................................................... 49
10.1.2 TRANSMIT INTERFACE .................................................. 51
10.2
LOOP PORT SCHEDULER ........................................................ 54
10.3
WAN PORT SCHEDULER .......................................................... 55
10.4
WAN PORT ALIASING................................................................ 57
10.5
WAN AND LOOP ICI SELECTION.............................................. 58
10.6
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE ............................................ 58
10.7
MEMORY PORT ......................................................................... 62
10.8
SAR ASSIST ............................................................................... 63
10.8.1 TRANSMIT ....................................................................... 63
10.8.2 RECEIVE.......................................................................... 64
10.9
QUEUE ENGINE......................................................................... 65
10.9.1 SERVICE ARBITRATION ................................................. 66
10.9.2 CELL QUEUING ............................................................... 67
10.9.3 CLASS SCHEDULING ..................................................... 74
10.9.4 CONGESTION CONTROL ............................................... 76
10.9.5 STATISTICS ..................................................................... 83
10.9.6 MICROPROCESSOR QUEUE BUFFER REALLOCATION/TEAR DOWN ............................................ 85
10.10 CONTEXT MEMORY SSRAM INTERFACE................................ 85
10.11 CELL BUFFER SDRAM INTERFACE ......................................... 90
10.12 JTAG TEST ACCESS PORT ....................................................... 93
11
PERFORMANCE ................................................................................... 94
11.1
THROUGHPUT ........................................................................... 94
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
ii
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
12
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
11.2
LATENCY .................................................................................... 96
11.3
CDV............................................................................................. 96
REGISTER............................................................................................. 97
12.1
GENERAL CONFIGURATION AND STATUS.............................. 98
12.2
LOOP CELL INTERFACE ......................................................... 107
12.3
WAN CELL INTERFACE ............................................................113
12.4
MEMORY PORT ........................................................................119
12.5
SAR........................................................................................... 125
12.5.1 RECEIVE........................................................................ 125
12.5.2 TRANSMIT ..................................................................... 127
12.5.3 CELL BUFFER DIAGNOSTIC ACCESS......................... 128
12.6
QUEUE ENGINE....................................................................... 129
12.7
MEMORY INTERFACE ............................................................. 144
12.8
CBI INTERFACE ....................................................................... 145
13
CBI REGISTER PORT MAPPING ....................................................... 147
14
MEMORY PORT MAPPING................................................................. 153
14.1
CONTEXT SIZE AND LOCATION............................................. 153
14.2
QUEUE CONTEXT DEFINITION .............................................. 156
14.2.1 VC CONTEXT RECORDS.............................................. 157
14.2.2 PORT CONTEXT RECORDS......................................... 165
14.2.3 CLASS CONTEXT RECORDS ....................................... 169
14.2.4 SHAPING CONTEXT RECORDS................................... 174
14.2.5 CELL CONTEXT RECORD ............................................ 176
14.2.6 MISC CONTEXT ............................................................ 176
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
iii
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
14.3
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
WAN PORT SCHEDULER CONTEXT ...................................... 180
14.3.1 WAN TRANSMIT PORT POLLING WEIGHT RECORD. 180
14.3.2 WAN TRANSMIT CLASS STATUS RECORD ................ 181
14.4
LOOP PORT SCHEDULER CONTEXT .................................... 182
14.4.1 LOOP TRANSMIT PORT POLLING SEQUENCE RECORD
182
14.4.2 LOOP TRANSMIT PORT POLLING WEIGHT RECORD 183
14.4.3 LOOP TRANSMIT CLASS STATUS RECORD............... 184
15
TEST FEATURES DESCRIPTION ...................................................... 186
15.1
JTAG TEST PORT .................................................................... 186
16
OPERATION ......................................................................................... 190
17
FUNCTIONAL TIMING......................................................................... 191
17.1
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE .......................................... 191
17.2
SDRAM INTERFACE ................................................................ 193
17.3
ZBT SSRAM INTERFACE......................................................... 195
17.4
LATE WRITE SSRAM INTERFACE .......................................... 196
17.5
ANY-PHY/UTOPIA INTERFACES ............................................. 197
17.5.1 RECEIVE MASTER/TRANSMIT SLAVE INTERFACES. 197
17.5.2 TRANSMIT MASTER/RECEIVE SLAVE INTERFACES. 200
18
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS ....................................................... 205
19
D.C. CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................... 206
20
A.C. TIMING CHARACTERISTICS...................................................... 208
20.1
JTAG INTERFACE .................................................................... 213
21
ORDERING AND THERMAL INFORMATION...................................... 215
22
MECHANICAL INFORMATION ............................................................ 216
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
iv
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LIST OF REGISTERS
REGISTER 0X00: RESET AND IDENTITY ...................................................... 98
REGISTER 0X10: HI PRIORITY INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER ............... 99
REGISTER 0X14: HIGH PRIORITY INTERRUPT MASK............................... 101
REGISTER 0X18: LOW PRIORITY INTERRUPT ERROR REGISTER ......... 102
REGISTER 0X1C: LOW PRIORITY INTERRUPT ERROR MASK................. 104
REGISTER 0X20: LOW PRIORITY INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER ........ 105
REGISTER 0X24: LOW PRIORITY INTERRUPT STATUS MASK................. 106
REGISTER 0X100: LOOP CELL RX INTERFACE CONFIGURATION........... 107
REGISTER 0X104: LOOP CELL TX INTERFACE CONFIGURATION ............110
REGISTER 0X200: WAN CELL RX INTERFACE CONFIGURATION .............113
REGISTER 0X204: WAN CELL TX INTERFACE CONFIGURATION .............116
REGISTER 0X300: MEMORY PORT CONTROL............................................119
REGISTER 0X340-0X34C: MEMORY WRITE DATA (BURSTABLE) ............. 121
REGISTER 0X350: MEMORY WRITE DATA OVERFLOW (BURSTABLE) ... 122
REGISTER 0X380-0X38C: MEMORY READ DATA (BURSTABLE)............... 123
REGISTER 0X390: MEMORY READ DATA OVERFLOW (BURSTABLE) ..... 124
REGISTER 0X400-0X43C: SAR RECEIVE DATA (BURSTABLE).................. 125
REGISTER 0X500-0X53C: SAR TRANSMIT DATA, CLASS 0 (BURSTABLE)127
REGISTER 0X540-0X57C: SAR TRANSMIT DATA, CLASS 1 (BURSTABLE)127
REGISTER 0X580-0X5BC: SAR TRANSMIT DATA, CLASS 2 (BURSTABLE)127
REGISTER 0X5C0-0X5FC: SAR TRANSMIT DATA, CLASS 3 (BURSTABLE)127
REGISTER 0X600: CELL BUFFER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL ...................... 128
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
v
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
REGISTER 0X700: QUEUE CONTEXT CONFIGURATION .......................... 129
REGISTER 0X704: RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT CONTROL .......................... 132
REGISTER 0X710: MAX DIRECTION CONGESTION THRESHOLDS ......... 134
REGISTER 0X714: CLP0 DIRECTION CONGESTION THRESHOLDS ........ 135
REGISTER 0X718: CLP1 DIRECTION CONGESTION THRESHOLDS ........ 136
REGISTER 0X71C: RE-ASSEMBLY MAXIMUM LENGTH............................. 137
REGISTER 0X720: WATCH DOG ICI PATROL RANGE ................................ 138
REGISTER 0X724: TEAR DOWN QUEUE ID................................................ 139
REGISTER 0X728: WATCH DOG / TEAR DOWN STATUS .......................... 140
REGISTER 0X730: SHAPER 0 CONFIGURATION (N = 0)............................ 141
REGISTER 0X734: SHAPER 1 CONFIGURATION (N = 1)............................ 141
REGISTER 0X738: SHAPER 2 CONFIGURATION (N = 2)............................ 141
REGISTER 0X73C: SHAPER 3 CONFIGURATION (N = 3) ........................... 141
REGISTER 0X800: SDRAM/SSRAM CONFIGURATION............................... 144
REGISTER 0XA00: CBI REGISTER PORT ................................................... 145
CBI REGISTER 0X00: CONFIGURATION ..................................................... 147
CBI REGISTER 0X01: VERNIER CONTROL................................................. 149
CBI REGISTER 0X02: DELAY TAP STATUS ................................................. 150
CBI REGISTER 0X03: CONTROL STATUS ................................................... 151
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
vi
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1 - S/UNI-APEX-1K800 IN OC3 MINI-DSLAM APPLICATION............ 7
FIGURE 2 - S/UNI-APEX-1K800 BLOCK DIAGRAM WITH DATAPATH..........11
FIGURE 3 - S/UNI-APEX-1K800 BOTTOM VIEW PIN OUT........................... 16
FIGURE 4 - 16BIT RECEIVE CELL TRANSFER FORMAT............................. 49
FIGURE 5 - 8-BIT RECEIVE CELL TRANSFER FORMAT ............................. 50
FIGURE 6 - 16-BIT TRANSMIT CELL TRANSFER FORMAT ......................... 52
FIGURE 7 - 8-BIT TRANSMIT CELL TRANSFER FORMAT ........................... 53
FIGURE 8 - I960 (80960CF) INTERFACE....................................................... 61
FIGURE 9 - POWERPC (MPC860) INTERFACE............................................ 61
FIGURE 10- SAR ASSIST TRANSMIT CELL TRANSFER FORMAT............... 64
FIGURE 11 - SAR ASSIST RECEIVE CELL TRANSFER FORMAT ................. 65
FIGURE 12- SERVICE ARBITRATION HIERARCHY ...................................... 67
FIGURE 13- QUEUE LINKED LIST STRUCTURE .......................................... 68
FIGURE 14- TRAFFIC SHAPING ON THE WAN PORT .................................. 72
FIGURE 15- NON-INTEGER SHPINCR........................................................... 73
FIGURE 16- THRESHOLDS AND COUNT DEFINITIONS............................... 77
FIGURE 17- EPD/PPD CONGESTION DISCARD RULES .............................. 80
FIGURE 18 - CELL CONGESTION DISCARD RULES.................................... 81
FIGURE 19 - FCQ DISCARD RULES .............................................................. 82
FIGURE 20- 1 BANK CONFIGURATION FOR 1MB OF ZBT SSRAM ............. 86
FIGURE 21- 1 BANK OF 1MB OF LATE WRITE SSRAM (2 X 256K*18) ........ 87
FIGURE 22- 1 BANK OF 1MB OF LATE WRITE SSRAM (1 X 256K*36) ........ 87
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
vii
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
FIGURE 23- 2 BANK CONFIGURATION FOR 2MB OF ZBT SSRAM ............. 88
FIGURE 24- 2 BANK CONFIGURATION FOR 2MB OF LATE WRITE SSRAM89
FIGURE 25- CELL STORAGE MAP................................................................. 90
FIGURE 26- 4 MB – 64K CELLS...................................................................... 91
FIGURE 27- 8 MB – 128K CELLS.................................................................... 91
FIGURE 28- 16 MB – 256K CELLS.................................................................. 92
FIGURE 29- CONTEXT LOCATION............................................................... 153
FIGURE 30- INPUT OBSERVATION CELL (IN_CELL) .................................. 187
FIGURE 31- OUTPUT CELL (OUT_CELL) .................................................... 188
FIGURE 32- BI-DIRECTIONAL CELL (IO_CELL) .......................................... 188
FIGURE 33- LAYOUT OF OUTPUT ENABLE AND BIDIRECTIONAL CELLS 189
FIGURE 34- SINGLE WORD READ AND WRITE ......................................... 191
FIGURE 35- BURST READ AND WRITE....................................................... 192
FIGURE 36- CONSECUTIVE WRITE ACCESSES USING WRDONEB........ 193
FIGURE 37- READ TIMING ........................................................................... 194
FIGURE 38- WRITE TIMING.......................................................................... 194
FIGURE 39- REFRESH.................................................................................. 195
FIGURE 40- POWER UP AND INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE....................... 195
FIGURE 41- READ FOLLOWED BY WRITE TIMING.................................... 196
FIGURE 42- READ FOLLOWED BY WRITE TIMING.................................... 197
FIGURE 43- UTOPIA L2 TRANSMIT SLAVE (LOOP & WAN) ....................... 198
FIGURE 44- UTOPIA L1 RECEIVE MASTER (LOOP & WAN) ...................... 198
FIGURE 45- UTOPIA L2 RECEIVE MASTER (LOOP & WAN) ...................... 199
FIGURE 46- ANY-PHY RECEIVE MASTER (LOOP & WAN)......................... 200
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
viii
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
FIGURE 47- UTOPIA L2 RECEIVE SLAVE (LOOP & WAN).......................... 201
FIGURE 48- WAN UTOPIA L1 TRANSMIT MASTER .................................... 201
FIGURE 49- LOOP UTOPIA L1 TRANSMIT MASTER................................... 202
FIGURE 50- WAN UTOPIA L2 TRANSMIT MASTER .................................... 202
FIGURE 51- LOOP UTOPIA L2 TRANSMIT MASTER................................... 203
FIGURE 52- WAN ANY-PHY TRANSMIT MASTER ....................................... 203
FIGURE 53- LOOP ANY-PHY TRANSMIT MASTER...................................... 204
FIGURE 54- RSTB TIMING............................................................................ 208
FIGURE 55- SYNCHRONOUS I/O TIMING ................................................... 209
FIGURE 56- JTAG PORT INTERFACE TIMING ............................................ 213
FIGURE 57- MECHANICAL DRAWING 352 PIN BALL GRID ARRAY (SBGA)216
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
ix
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1
- TERMINOLOGY ............................................................................ 1
TABLE 2
- SAMPLE FEATURE SET AS A FUNCTION OF MEMORY
CAPACITY ..................................................................................... 15
TABLE 3
- PIN TYPE DEFINITION ............................................................... 17
TABLE 4
- NUMBER OF PORTS SUPPORTED, RECEIVE INTERFACE .... 51
TABLE 5
- NUMBER OF PORTS SUPPORTED, TRANSMIT INTERFACE.. 54
TABLE 6
- EXAMPLE WIRR TRANSMISSION SEQUENCE ........................ 57
TABLE 7
- AVAILABLE QUEUING PROCEDURES ...................................... 69
TABLE 8
- OAM & RRM CELL IDENTIFICATION ......................................... 74
TABLE 9
- CONGESTION ERROR FLAGS .................................................. 78
TABLE 10 - CONGESTION DISCARD RULES SELECTION ......................... 79
TABLE 11 - STATISTICAL COUNTS .............................................................. 83
TABLE 12 - IN/OUT BOUND CLP STATE FOR STATISTICAL COUNTS ....... 84
TABLE 13 - CONGESTION RULE & COUNT SUMMARY .............................. 84
TABLE 14 - RECEIVE INTERFACE THROUGHPUT, MCELLS/SEC ............. 94
TABLE 15 - QUEUE ENGINE THROUGHPUT, MCELLS/SEC....................... 95
TABLE 16 - TRANSMIT INTERFACE THROUGHPUT, MCELLS/SEC ........... 95
TABLE 17 - EXTERNAL QUEUE CONTEXT MEMORY MAP....................... 154
TABLE 18 - INTERNAL QUEUE CONTEXT MEMORY MAP........................ 154
TABLE 19 - INTERNAL WAN PORT SCHEDULER CONTEXT MEMORY MAP
155
TABLE 20 - INTERNAL LOOP PORT SCHEDULER CONTEXT MEMORY MAP
155
TABLE 21 - 2 BIT LOGARITHMIC, 2 BIT FRACTIONAL .............................. 156
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
x
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
TABLE 22 - 4 BIT LOGARITHMIC, 2 BIT FRACTIONAL .............................. 156
TABLE 23 - 4 BIT LOGARITHMIC, 4 BIT FRACTIONAL .............................. 156
TABLE 24 - VC CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE .................................... 157
TABLE 25 - VC STATISTICS RECORD STRUCTURE ................................. 163
TABLE 26 - VC ADDRESS MAP RECORD STRUCTURE ........................... 164
TABLE 27 - PORT THRESHOLD CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE ........ 166
TABLE 28 - PORT COUNT CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE.................. 167
TABLE 29 - CLASS SCHEDULER RECORD STRUCTURE ........................ 169
TABLE 30 - CLASS CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE ............................. 172
TABLE 31 - SHAPE TXSLOT CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE .............. 174
TABLE 32 - SHAPE RATE CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE................... 175
TABLE 33 - CELL CONTEXT RECORD STRUCTURE ................................ 176
TABLE 34 - FREE COUNT CONTEXT STRUCTURE .................................. 177
TABLE 35 - OVERALL COUNT CONTEXT STRUCTURE............................ 177
TABLE 36 - CONGESTION DISCARD CONTEXT STRUCTURE ................ 178
TABLE 37 - MAXIMUM CONGESTION ID CONTEXT STRUCTURE........... 179
TABLE 38 - MISC ERROR CONTEXT STRUCTURE................................... 179
TABLE 39 - WAN TRANSMIT PORT POLLING WEIGHT ............................ 180
TABLE 40 - WAN POLL WEIGHT FORMAT ................................................. 181
TABLE 41 - WAN CLASS STATUS ............................................................... 181
TABLE 42 - LOOP TRANSMIT PORT POLLING SEQUENCE ..................... 182
TABLE 43 - LOOP TRANSMIT PORT POLLING WEIGHT........................... 183
TABLE 44 - LOOP CLASS STATUS ............................................................. 184
TABLE 45 - INSTRUCTION REGISTER ....................................................... 186
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
xi
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
TABLE 46 - IDENTIFICATION REGISTER ................................................... 186
TABLE 47 - BOUNDARY SCAN REGISTER ................................................ 186
TABLE 48 - ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS ............................................. 205
TABLE 49 - D.C. CHARACTERISTICS......................................................... 206
TABLE 50 - RTSB TIMING............................................................................ 208
TABLE 51 - SYSCLK TIMING ....................................................................... 209
TABLE 52 - CELL BUFFER SDRAM INTERFACE........................................ 209
TABLE 53 - CONTEXT MEMORY ZBT & LATE WRITE SSRAM INTERFACE
209
TABLE 54 - MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE ........................................... 210
TABLE 55 - LOOP ANY-PHY TRANSMIT INTERFACE ................................ 210
TABLE 56 - WAN ANY-PHY TRANSMIT INTERFACE ...................................211
TABLE 57 - LOOP ANY-PHY RECEIVE INTERFACE....................................211
TABLE 58 - WAN ANY-PHY RECEIVE INTERFACE .................................... 212
TABLE 59 - JTAG PORT INTERFACE .......................................................... 213
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
xii
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
1
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
DEFINITIONS
Table 1
- Terminology
Term
Definition
AAL5
ATM Adaptation Layer
ABR
Available Bit Rate
Any-PHY
Interoperable version of UTOPIA and SCI-PHY, with
inband addressing.
ATM
Asynchronous Transfer Mode
BOM
Beginning of Message
CBI
Common Bus Interface
CBR
Constant Bit Rate
CDV
Cell Delay Variation
CDVT
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
CES
Circuit Emulation Service
CLP
Cell Loss Priority
COM
Continuation of Message
COS
Class of Service
CTD
Cell Transfer Delay
DLL
Delay Locked Loop
DSL
Digital Subscriber Loop
DSLAM
DSL access Multiplexer
DUPLEX
PMC UTOPIA deserializer
ECI
Egress Connection Identifier
EFCI
Early forward congestion indicator
EOM
End of Message
EPD
Early Packet Discard
FIFO
First-In-First-Out
GCRA
Generic Cell Rate Algorithm
GFR
Guaranteed Frame Rate
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
1
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
IBT
Intrinsic Burst Tolerance
ICI
Ingress Connection Identifier
MBS
Maximum Burst Size
MCR
Minimum Cell Rate
OAM
Operation, Administration and Maintenance
PCR
Peak Cell Rate
PDU
Packet Data Unit
PHY
Physical Layer Device
PPD
Partial Packet Discard
PTI
Payload Type Indicator
QOS
Quality of Service
QRT
PMC’s traffic management device
QSE
PMC’s switch fabric device
RRM
Reserved or Resource Management
SAR
Segmentation and Re-assembly
SCI-PHY
PMC-Sierra enhanced UTOPIA bus
SCR
Sustained Cell Rate
S/UNI-ATLAS
PMC’s OAM and Address Resolution device
UBR
Unspecified Bit Rate
UTOPIA
Universal Test & Operations PHY Interface for ATM
VBR
Variable Bit Rate
VCC
Virtual Channel Connection
VORTEX
PMC UTOPIA/Any-PHY slave serializer
VPC
Virtual Path Connection
WAN
Wide Area Network
WIRR
Weighted Interleaved Round Robin
WRR
Weighted Round Robin
ZBT
Zero Bus Turnaround
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
2
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
2
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
FEATURES
•
Monolithic single chip ATM traffic manager providing VC queuing/shaping and
VC, Class Of Service(COS), and Port scheduling, congestion management,
and switching across 128 ports.
•
Targeted at systems where many low speed ATM data ports are multiplexed
onto few high speed ports.
•
869 Kcells/s non shaped throughput in full duplex.
•
1.73 Mcells/s non shaped throughput in half duplex.
•
1.42 Mcells/s shaped throughput (aggregate of the four shapers).
•
Supports four WAN uplink ports, with port aliasing.
•
Supports 128 loop ports. Loop port can support an uncongested rate up to
230Kcells/sec.
•
Provides 4 Classes of Service per port with configurable traffic parameters
enabling support for a mix of CBR, VBR, GFR, and UBR classes.
•
Provides 1024 per-VC queues individually assignable to any COS in any port.
•
Provides support of up to 256k cells of shared buffer.
•
Provides 2 independent cell emission schedulers, 1 for the WAN ports, and 1
for the Loop ports. The schedulers have the following features: Three level
hierarchical cell emission scheduling at the port, class, and VC levels.
•
WAN Port Scheduling:
•
Weighted Interleaved Round Robin WAN port scheduling.
•
Per port Priority Fair Queued class scheduling with port
independence.
•
Per Class:
•
Weighted Fair Queued VC scheduling with class independence
or,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
3
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
•
•
•
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
•
Shaped Fair Queued VC scheduling applying rate based per VC
shaping or,
•
Frame Continuous Queued VC scheduling for VC Merge and
packet re-assembly.
Loop Port Scheduling:
•
Weighted Interleaved Round Robin Loop port scheduling.
•
Per port Priority Fair Queued class scheduling with port
independence.
•
Per Class:
•
Weighted Fair Queued VC scheduling with class independence
or,
•
Frame Continuous Queued scheduling for VC Merge and
packet re-assembly.
Congestion Control applied per-VC, per-class, per-port and per-direction.
•
Flexible, progressive hierarchical throttling of buffer consumption.
Provides sharing of resources during low congestion, memory reservation
during high congestion.
•
Applies EPD and PPD on a per-VC, per-class, per-port, and per-direction
basis with CLP differentiation, following emerging GFR standards.
•
Provides EFCI marking on a per VC basis.
•
Provides interrupts and indication of most recent VC/Class/Port that
exceeded maximum thresholds.
Provides flexible VPC or VCC switching selectable on a per VC basis as
follows:
•
Any WAN port to any WAN port.
•
Any WAN port to any Loop port.
•
Any Loop port to any WAN port.
•
Any Loop port to any Loop port.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
4
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
•
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
•
Microprocessor port to any loop or WAN port.
•
Any loop or WAN port to microprocessor port.
•
VP Termination (in conjunction with the S/UNI-ATLAS).
•
VPI or VPI/VCI header mapping.
•
VC merge.
Provides flexible signaling and control capabilities:
•
Provides 4 independent uP transmit queues.
•
Provides simultaneous AAL5 SAR assistance for traffic to/from the uP on
up to 1024 VCs.
•
Supports uP cell injection into any queue.
•
Provides per VC selectable OAM cell pass through or switching to
microprocessor port.
•
Supports CRC10 calculation for OAM cells destined for/originating from
the microprocessor.
•
Diagnostic access provided to context memory and cell buffer memory via
the microprocessor.
•
Provides per VC CLP0/1 transmit counts.
•
Provide global per CLP0/1 discard counts.
•
Provides various error statistics accumulation.
•
Determines the ingress connection identifier from one of several locations:
the cell prepend, the VPI/VCI field, or the HEC/UDF field.
•
Interface support:
•
Provides a 8/16-bit Any-PHY compliant master/slave Loop side interface
supporting up to 128 ports (logical PHYs).
•
Provides an 8/16-bit Any-PHY compliant master/slave WAN side interface
supporting up to 4 ports (PHYs).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
5
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
•
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
•
Provides a 32-bit multiplexed microprocessor bus interface for signaling,
control, and cell message extraction and insertion, context memory
access, control and status monitoring, and configuration of the IC.
•
Provides a 32-bit SDRAM interface for cell buffering.
•
Provides a 36-bit pipelined ZBT or register to register late write SSRAM
interface for context storage.
Packaging:
•
Provides a standard 5 signal P1149.1 JTAG test port for boundary scan
board test purposes.
•
Implemented in low power, 0.25 micron, +2.5/3.3V CMOS technology with
CMOS compatible inputs and outputs.
•
352-pin high-performance ball grid array (SBGA) package.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
6
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
3
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
APPLICATIONS
•
Mini-DSL Access Multiplexers (Mini-DSLAMs).
•
Subscriber Access terminal devices.
•
APON Customer Located Subscriber Access Equipment
•
LMDS Customer Located Subscriber Access Equipment.
•
Integrated Access Devices.
Figure 1 shows the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 in a mini-DSLAM application. The
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 acts as a cell buffer and traffic manager. The S/UNI-ATLAS1K800 provides address resolution and policing.
The mini-DSLAM application supports eight LIU devices per Line Card. Each
xDSL modem is connected by its Utopia port to a FPGA which provides an
interface to the AnyPhy bus. If Hot Swap capability is needed the bus signals
need to be passed through switching or tristate drivers to isolate the card when
being plugged in.
The FPGA performs the task of interfacing several 31 logical port Utopia bus
signals to the single 128 logical port Any-PHY bus supported by the S/UNIAPEX-1K800.
Figure 1
- S/UNI-APEX-1K800 in OC3 Mini-DSLAM Application
line cards
up to 31
Utopia L2
ports
DSL Phy
AnyPhy/
SciPhy
S/UNIDUPLEX
S/UNIVORTEX
DSL Phy
200Mbps
LVDS
line cards
up to 31
Utopia L2
ports
DSL Phy
S/UNIDUPLEX
Up to 8 LVDS links to
S/UNI-Duplex devices
per S/UNI-VORTEX
S/UNIAPEX1K800
Context
SSRAM
Packet/Cell
SDRAM
S/UNIATLAS1K800
Phy
Ingress
SSRAM
Host
CPU
Egress
SSRAM
DSL Phy
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
7
core card
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
4
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
REFERENCES
1. PMC-Sierra; “Saturn Compatible Interface For ATM PHY Layer And ATM Layer
Devices, Level 2”; PMC-940212; Dec. 8, 1995.
2. PMC-Sierra; DSLAM engineering document.
3. “Traffic Management And Switching With The Vortex Chip Set: S/UNI-APEX
Technical Overview”, PMC-981024.
4. ATM Forum, “Universal Test & Operations PHY Interface for ATM (UTOPIA), Level
2”, Version 1.0, af-phy-0039.000, June 1995.
5. ITU-T Recommendation I.432.1, “B-ISDN user-network interface – Physical layer
specification: General characteristics”, 08/96.
6. ITU-T Recommendation I.363, “B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) Specification”,
March 1993.
7. AF Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1 AF-TM-0121.000, March 1999.
8. AF Traffic Management Baseline Text Document BTD-TM-01.01, April 1998.
9. I.610 OAM.
10. PMC Sierra, “Saturn Interface Specification and Interoperability Framework for
Packet and Cell Transfer Between Physical Layer and Link Layer Devices”,
PMC980902.
11. PMC Sierra, “S/UNI APEX H/W Programmer’s Guide”, PMC-991454.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
8
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
5
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
Please refer to the document “Traffic Management And Switching With The
Vortex Chip Set: S/UNI-APEX Technical Overview”, PMC-981024.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
9
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
6
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 2 shows the function block diagram of the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 ATM traffic
manager. The functional diagram is arranged such that cell traffic flows through
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 from left to right.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
10
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
- S/UNI-APEX-1K800 Block Diagram With Datapath
CMD[33:0]
CMP[1:0]
CMA[18:0]
CMRWB
CMCEB
CMAB[18:17]
Figure 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
SSRAM I/F
Queue Engine
BCLK
CSB
WR
AD[31:0]
ADSB
BURSTB
BLAST
READYB
WRDONEB
INTHIB
INTLOB
BUSPOL
uProc I/F
FIFO
4 chan
2 cell
FIFO
4 cell
SAR
Assist
FIFO
2 cell
LRCLK
LRPA
LRSX
LRSOP
LRDAT[15:0]
LRPRTY
LRENB
LRADR[5:0]
WRCLK
WRPA
WRSX
WRSOP
WRDAT[15:0]
WRPRTY
WRENB
WRADDR[2:0]
Loop Rx
Any-PHY
WAN Rx
Any-PHY
FIFO
4 cell
FIFO
4 cell
LTADR[7:0]
LTPA
LTENB
LTSX
LTSOP
LTDAT[15:0]
LTPRTY
LTCLK
Loop Tx
Any-PHY
Loop Port
Scheduler
ICI
Select
FIFO
4 chan
4 cell
WTADR[2:0]
WTPA
WTENB
WTSX
WTSOP
WTDAT[15:0]
WTPRTY
WTCLK
WAN Tx
Any-PHY
Wan
Port
Scheduler
ICI
Select
TDO
TDI
TCK
TMS
TRSTB
JTAG
SDRAM I/F
SYSCLK
Cell Data Path
Context Data Path
CBCSB
CBRASB
CBCASB
CBRWEB
CBA[11:0]
CBBS[1:0]
CBDQM[1:0]
CBDQ[31:0]
RSTB
OE
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
11
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
7
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
The PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is a full duplex ATM traffic management
device, providing cell switching, per VC queuing, traffic shaping, congestion
management, and hierarchical scheduling to up to 128 loop ports and up to 4
WAN ports.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides per-VC queuing for 1024 VCs. A per-VC
queue may be allocated to any Class of Service (COS), within any port, in either
direction (ingress or egress path). Per-VC queuing enables PCR or SCR per-VC
shaping on WAN ports and greater fairness of bandwidth allocation between VCs
within a COS.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides three level hierarchical scheduling for port,
COS, and VC level scheduling. There are two, three level schedulers; one for the
loop ports and one for the WAN ports. The three level scheduler for the WAN
ports provides:
• Weighted Interleaved Round Robin (WIRR) scheduling across the 4 WAN
ports enabling selectability of bandwidth allocation between the ports.
• Priority Fair scheduling across the 4 COS’s within each port. This class
scheduler is a modified priority scheduler allowing minimum bandwidth
allocations to lower priority classes within the port. Class scheduling within
a port is independent of activity on all other ports.
• There are three types of VC schedulers. VC scheduling within a class is
independent of activity on all other classes
• Shaped fair queuing is available for 4 classes. If the COS is shaped,
each VC within the class is scheduled for emission based on its VCs
shaping rate. During class congestion, the VC scheduler may lower a
VCs rate in proportion to a normalization factor calculated as a function
of the VCs rate and the aggregate rate of all active VCs within the
class.
• Weighted Fair Queuing in which weights are used to provide fairness
between the VCs within a class.
• Frame continuous scheduling where an entire packet is accumulated
prior to transferring to a class queue.
The three-level scheduler for the loop ports provides:
• Weighted Interleaved Round Robin (WIRR) scheduling across the 128
loop ports enabling selectability of bandwidth allocation between the ports
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
12
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
and ensuring minimal PHY layer FIFOing is required to support a wide
range of port bandwidths.
• Priority scheduling across the 4 COS’s within each port. Class scheduling
within a port is independent of activity on all other ports.
• VCs within a class are scheduled with a Weighted Fair Queue (WFQ)
scheduler or Frame Continuous scheduling. VC scheduling within a class
is independent of activity on all other classes. Shaping is not supported on
loop ports.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 forwards cells via tail of queue enqueuing and head of
queue dequeuing (emission) where tail of queue enqueuing is controlled by the
VC context record and subject to congestion control, and head of queue
dequeuing is controlled by the three-level hierarchical schedulers. The VC
context record allows for enqueuing to any queue associated with any port, thus
full switching is supported, any port to any port.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 supports up to 256k cells of shared buffering in a 32-bit
wide SDRAM. Memory protection is provided via an inband CRC on a cell-by-cell
basis. Buffering is shared across direction, port, class, and VC levels. The
congestion control mechanism provides guaranteed resources to all active VCs,
allows sharing of available resources to VCs with excess bandwidth, and restricts
buffer allocation on a per-VC, per-class, per-port, and per-direction basis. The
congestion control mechanism supports PPD and EPD on a CLP0 and CLP1
basis across per-VC, per-class, per-port, and per-direction structures. EFCI
marking is supported on a per-VC basis. Congestion thresholds and packet
awareness is selectable on a per connection basis.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides flexible capabilities for signaling,
management, and control traffic. There are 4 independent uP receive queues to
which both cell and AAL5 frame traffic may be en-queued for termination by the
uP. A staging buffer is also provided enabling the uP to en-queue both cell and
AAL5 frame traffic to any outgoing queue. AAL5 SAR assistance is provided for
AAL5 frame traffic to and from the uP. AAL5 SAR assistance includes the
generation and checking of the 32-bit CRC field and the ability to reassemble all
the cells from a frame in the VC queue prior to placement on the uP queues. Any
or all of the 1024 VCs may be configured to be routed to/from the uP port. Any or
all of the VCs configured to be routed to/from the uP port may also be configured
for AAL5 SAR assistance simultaneously. OAM cells may optionally (per-VC
selectable) be routed to a uP receive queue or switched with the user traffic.
CRC10 generation and checking is optionally provided on OAM cells to/from the
uP.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 maintains cell counts of CLP0 and CLP1 cell transmits
on a per-VC basis. Global CLP0 and CLP1 congestion discards are also
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
13
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
maintained. Various error monitoring conditions and statistics are accumulated
or flagged. The uP has access to both internal S/UNI-APEX-1K800 registers and
the context memory as well as diagnostic access to the cell buffer memory.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides a 8/16-bit Any-PHY compliant loop side
master/slave interface supporting up to 128 ports. Egress cell transfers across
the interface are identified via an inband port identifier prepended to the cell. The
slave devices must match the inband port identifier with their own port ID or port
ID range in order to accept the cell. Per port egress flow control is effected via a
8-bit address polling bus to which the appropriate slave device responds with out
of band per port flow control status. Ingress cell transfers across the interface are
effected via a combination of UTOPIA L2 flow control polling and device
selection for up to 32 slave devices. The Any-PHY loop side interface may be
reconfigured as a standard single port UTOPIA L2 compliant slave interface. 16bit prepends are optionally supported on both ingress and egress for cell flow
identification enabling use with external address resolution devices, switch fabric
interfaces, or other layer devices.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides an 8/16-bit Any-PHY or UTOPIA L2 compliant
WAN side master/slave interface supporting up to 4 ports. 16-bit prepends are
optionally supported on both ingress and egress for cell flow identification
enabling use with external address resolution devices, switch fabric interfaces, or
other layer devices. The WAN port has port aliasing on the egress, providing in
service re-direction without requiring re-programming the context of active VCs.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides a 32-bit microprocessor bus interface for
signaling, control, cell and frame message extraction and insertion, VC. Class
and port context access, control and status monitoring, and configuration of the
IC. Microprocessor burst access for registers, cell and frame traffic is supported.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides a 36-bit ZBT or late write SSRAM interface for
context storage supporting up to 4MB of context for up to 1024 VCs and up to
256k cell buffer pointer storage. Context Memory protection is provided via 2 bits
of parity over each 34-bit word.
The total number of cells, the total number of VCs, support for address mapping
and shaped fair queuing is limited to the amount of context and cell buffer
memory available. Below is a table illustrating the most common combinations
of memory/features.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
14
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Table 2
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Sample feature set as a function of memory capacity
Context
Memory Size
Cell Buffer
Memory Size
# VC
# Cell
Buffers
Address
Mapping
Support
Shaping
Support
SSRAM
SDRAM
1 MB
4MB
1024
64 K
Yes
No
2 MB
4MB
1024
64 K
Yes
Yes
2 MB
16MB
1024
256 K
Yes
Yes
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 provides facilities to enable sparing capability with
another S/UNI-APEX-1K800 device. The facilities enable a 'warm standby'
capability in which connection setup between the two devices can be maintained
identically but some cell loss will occur at the point of device swapping. The
facilities do not include a cell by cell lock step between the two S/UNI-APEX1K800 devices. To avoid any cell replication, queues in the 'spare' S/UNI-APEX1K800 will be kept empty, thus causing all queued traffic in the 'active' S/UNIAPEX-1K800 to be lost at the point of switch over. However, since connection
setup is maintained identically between the two S/UNI-APEX-1K800 devices,
switch over can happen instantaneously, thus avoiding any connection timeout or
tear down issues.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 facilities provided are the disable and filter control bits
in the Receive and Transmit Control register. These control bits are asserted in
the spare S/UNI-APEX-1K800 to ensure the queues remain empty until
swapping is initiated. Alternatively, asserting only the filter enable bits allow
signaling and control traffic continuity to be maintained to the spare S/UNI-APEX1K800 to enable datapath integrity testing on the spare plane and to ensure
control communications paths to the spare plane are usable.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
15
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
8
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
PIN DIAGRAM
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is packaged in a 352-pin ball grid array (SBGA)
package having a body size of 35 mm by 35 mm.
Figure 3
- S/UNI-APEX-1K800 Bottom View Pin out
26
25
24
23
22
A
vss5
vss4
C MD [0]
C MD [4]
CMD [7]
B
vss9
vd d 10
vss8
C MD [1]
CMD [5]
CMD [8]
C
C MRWB
vss11
vd d 12
CMP [1]
CMD [2]
CMD [6]
CMD [9]
D
CMAB [1]
CMCEB
CMP [0]
vd d 17
nc
CMD [3]
PCH
E
CMA [ 16] CMA [ 17] CMA [19]
F
CMA [ 12] CMA [ 15] CMAB [0] CMA [18]
G
CMA [9]
CMA [ 11] CMA [14]
H
CMA [5]
C MA [8]
CMA [10] CMA [13]
J
CMA [2]
C MA [4]
C MA [7]
vd d 18
vd d 19
LRPA
K
PCH
C MA [0]
C MA [3]
C MA [6]
LRCLK
LRSX
M
LTDAT [ 9] LTDAT [10] LTDAT [11] LTDAT [13]
N
vss13
LTDAT [ 6]
LTDAT [ 7]
LTDAT [ 8]
P
vss15
LTDAT [ 5]
LTDAT [ 4]
LTDAT [ 2]
T
LTDAT [ 0]
LTCLK
U
PCH
LTSX
V
LTPRTY
LTDAT [ 1]
LTENB
19
18
17
PCH
16
15
CMD [27] CMD [30]
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
vss3
vss2
AD [2]
AD [4]
PCH
AD [10]
AD [13]
AD [17]
AD [20]
A D [24]
A D [27]
AD [31]
vss1
vss0
A
SYSCLK
AD [6]
AD [8]
AD [12]
AD [16]
AD [19]
AD [23]
A D [26]
A D [30]
vss7
vd d 9
vss6
B
C MD [12] CMD [15] CMD [19] CMD [23] CMD [25] CMD [29] CMD [32] CMD [ 33]
CMD [13] CMD [16] CMD [20] CMD [24] CMD [28] CMD [31]
AD [0]
AD [3]
AD [7]
AD [11]
AD [15]
AD [18]
AD [22]
AD [25]
A D [29]
INTHIB
vd d 11
vss10
BCLK
C
CMD [10]
AD [1]
AD [5]
AD [9]
AD [14]
vd d 14
AD [21]
PCH
AD [28]
nc
vd d 13
INTLOB
WRDO NEB
BLAST
D
BUSPOL
BTERMB
BURSTB
C SB
E
READYB
WR
ADSB
LRADR [2]
F
LRA DR [ 0] LRA DR [ 3] LRADR [5]
G
vd d 16
CMD [17] CMD [22] CMD [26]
vd d 15
PCH
LTDAT [12] LTDAT [14] LTDAT [15] C MA [1]
LTDAT [ 3]
20
nc
L
R
21
C MD [11] C MD [14] CMD [18] CMD [21]
PCH
LRPRTY
H
LRSOP
LRDAT [0]
J
LRDAT [ 1] LRDAT [3]
K
LRDAT [ 2] LRDAT [ 4] LRDAT [6]
L
LRDAT [ 5] LRDAT [ 7] LRDAT [ 8] LRDAT [9]
M
PCH
LRDAT [10] LRDAT [ 11]
vss12
N
vd d 21
LRDAT [14] LRDAT [13] LRDAT [ 12]
vss14
P
LTPA
WRADR
[ 1]
vd d 20
PCH
LTSOP
WRSOP
LTADR [11] LTADR [8]
LTADR [10] LTADR [7]
LRENB
LRADR [ 1] LRA DR [ 4]
WRDAT [3] WRDAT [0]
vd d 23
vd d 22
W
LTADR [9] LTADR [6] LTADR [4] LTADR [1]
Y
LTADR [5] LTADR [3] LTADR [0]
WTDAT
[14]
WRDA T
[ 13]
LTADR [2]
WTDAT
[15]
WTDAT
[10]
RSTB
AB
PCH
WTDAT
[12]
AC
WTDAT
[11]
AA
WTDAT
[13]
WTDAT [9]
WTDAT [8] WTDAT [6]
PCH
nc
vd d 4
SCANMB WTDAT [ 2]
AD
WTDAT [7]
vss17
vd d 6
SCANEN WTDAT [ 3]
WTPA
AE
vss21
vd d 8
vss19
WTDAT [4] WTDAT [ 0]
WTSX
AF
vss27
vss26
26
25
WTDAT [5] WTDAT [1]
24
23
WRCLK
PCH
22
WTENB
WTCLK
20
vd d 3
CBA [9]
CBA [4]
CBA [0]
CBCA SB
vd d 2
vd d 1
C BDQ
[10]
CBDQ
[28]
CBDQ
[24]
CBDQ
[20]
C BDQ
[16]
C BDQ
[13]
CBDQ
[22]
CBDQ
[17]
C BDQ [7] C BDQ [3]
nc
C BDQ [9] C BDQ [6] C BDQ [2]
CBA [6]
CBA [2]
CBBS [ 0]
C BWEB
CBDQ
[31]
CBA [7]
CBA [3]
CBA [1]
C BCSB
CBDQ M
[1]
CBDQM
[0]
CBDQ
[29]
CBDQ
[25]
CBDQ
[23]
C BDQ
[19]
C BDQ
[15]
C BDQ
[12]
CBA [ 8]
CBA [5]
PCH
CBBS [ 1]
CBRASB
vss25
vss24
CBDQ
[30]
CBDQ
[27]
PCH
C BDQ
[21]
C BDQ
[18]
C BDQ
[14]
CBDQ
[11]
PCH
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
WTADR [1] CBA [ 10]
WTA DR [ 0] CBA [ 11]
WTPRTY WTA DR [ 2]
21
WTSOP
CBDQ
[26]
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
WRADR
LRDAT [ 15]
[0]
R
WRENB
WRA DR
[2]
T
WRPRTY
WRPA
U
WRSX
V
WRDAT [4] WRDA T [1]
WRDAT [7] WRDA T [5] WRDA T [2]
W
WRDAT
WRDA T [8] WRDA T [6]
[ 10]
Y
WRDAT
[ 14]
WRDAT
WRDA T [9]
[ 11]
AA
WRDAT
[ 12]
AB
nc
TDI
WRDAT
[ 15]
vd d 0
TRSTB
TMS
OE
AC
TDO
vd d 5
vss16
TCK
AD
vss20
vd d 7
vss18
AE
vss23
vss22
AF
2
1
C BDQ [8] C BDQ [5] CBDQ [1]
CBDQ [4] CBDQ [0]
4
3
16
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
9
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
PIN DESCRIPTION
Notes on Pin Description:
1. All S/UNI-APEX-1K800 inputs and bi-directionals present minimum
capacitative loading
2. LVCMOS, LVTTL compatible logic levels.
3. All pins are 5V tolerant.
4. Inputs RSTB, OE, TMS, TDI and TRSTB have internal pull-up resistors.
5. The recommended power supply sequencing is as follows:
3.1 VDD power must be supplied either before or simultaneously with PCH.
3.2 The VDD power must be applied before input pins are driven or the input
current per pin must be limited to less than the maximum DC input current
specification. (20 mA)
3.3 Power down the device in the reverse sequence.
Table 3
9.1
- Pin Type Definition
Type
Definition
Input
Input
Output
Pin is always driven
Tri-State
Pin is either driven, or held in Hi-Z
BiDi
Bidirectional
OD
Open drain. Either driven low or held in Hi-Z.
Loop Any-PHY Receive Master/Transmit Slave Interface (28 Signals)
Pin Name
LRCLK
Type
Input
Pin
No.
Function
K4
Loop Receive Clock. LRCLK is used to transfer
data blocks in the receive directions across the AnyPHY interface. LRCLK must cycle at a 52 MHz or
lower instantaneous rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
17
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LRPA
ISSUE 2
Type
Pin
No.
J3
Input
(Master)
Tri-state
(Slave)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
Loop Receive Packet Available. LRPA indicates
whether at least one cell is queued for transfer in
the selected PHY device.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the loop receive interface is
not enabled.
If receive master mode is selected, this signal is an
input. The selected PHY device drives LRPA with
the cell availability status N LRCLK cycles after
LRADR[5:0] matches the PHY device address. If the
PHY device is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the PHY
device is an Any-PHY device, N=2. Assertion of
LRPA indicates that at least one entire cell is
available.
If transmit slave mode is selected, this signal is a tristate output. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 drives LRPA
high 1 LRCLK after LRADR[5:0] matches the
programmed LoopRxSlaveAddr register. A logical
high indicates that the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is
capable of accepting at least one cell.
LRPA is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge
of LRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
18
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LRENB
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
(Slave)
Output
(Master)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
H2
Loop Receive Enable. The active low receive
enable (LRENB) signal is used to initiate the
transfer of a data block from the selected Physical
layer device to the S/UNI-APEX-1K800.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the loop receive interface is
not enabled.
If receive master mode is selected, this signal is an
output and the start of block transfer must occur 1
or 2 LRCLK cycles after device selection occurs. If
the PHY device is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the
PHY device is an Any-PHY device, N=2. Device
selection occurs when the selected device address
is placed on LRADR[5:0] with LRENB held high
followed by LRENB low in the next LRCLK period.
LRENB is held low for M cycles where M is the
number of 8 or 16-bit words in the block transfer.
If transmit slave mode is selected, this signal is an
input and LRDAT[15:0] word is accepted coincident
with LRENB being sampled.
LRENB is sampled/updated on the rising edge of
LRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
19
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LRADR[0]
..
LRADR[5]
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
(Slave)
Output
(Master)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
G3
H4
F1
G2
H3
G1
Loop Receive Address. The LRADR[5:0] signals
are used to address up to thirty two Physical layer
devices for the purposes of polling and device
selection.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the loop receive interface is
not enabled.
If UL2 or Any-PHY receive master mode is selected,
these signals are outputs. LRADR[5:0] selects a
device for polling by applying the device address N
LRCLK cycles prior to sampling LRPA. If the PHY
device is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the PHY device
is an Any-PHY device, N=2. LRADR will insert 1
NULL address between address changes.
If UL1 master mode is selected, this bus is driven to
a high NULL address.
LRADR[5:0] selects a device to transfer a data block
when the LRENB is last sampled high. The start of
data block transfer must occur 1 or 2 LRCLK cycles
after device selection occurs.
LRADR[5:0] = 3F hex is used as the NULL address.
No PHY device can match the NULL address.
If transmit slave mode is selected, these signals are
inputs. The S/UNI drives the LRPA 1 LRCLK after
the LRADR[4:0] matches the programmed
LoopRxSlaveAddr register, and LRADR[5] is zero.
LRADR[5:0] is sampled/updated or on the rising
edge of LRCLK.
LRSX
Input
K3
Loop Receive Start of Transfer. LRSX is asserted
by the selected PHY device during the first cycle of
a data block transfer coinciding with the port
address prepend. Required only during Any-PHY
mode.
For UTOPIA modes, this signal should be tied low.
LRSX is sampled on the rising edge of LRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
20
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LRSOP
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
J2
Loop Receive Start of Packet . LRSOP marks the
start of the cell on the LRDAT[15:0] bus. When
LRSOP is high, the first data word of the cell is
present on the LRDAT[15:0] stream. If the selected
device is an Any-PHY device, the LRSOP cycle will
be preceded by the LRSX cycle marking the AnyPHY port address transfer cycle.
LRSOP considered valid only when the LRENB
signal is low. LRSOP becomes high impedance
upon sampling LRENB high or if no physical layer
device was selected for transfer.
LRSOP is sampled on the rising edge of LRCLK.
LRDAT[0]
..
LRDAT[15]
Input
J1
K2
L3
K1
L2
M4
L1
M3
M2
M1
N3
N2
P2
P3
P4
R1
Loop Receive Data. LRDAT[15:0] carries the
transfer block words that have been read from the
physical layer device to the S/UNI-APEX-1K800
internal cell buffers.
LRDAT bus is considered valid only when the
LRENB signal was low N cycles previous. LRDAT is
expected to become high impedance N LRCLK
cycles after sampling LRENB high or upon
completion of a data block transfer. If the PHY
device is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the PHY device
is an Any-PHY device, N=2.
All 16 bits are used in 16-bit mode. In 8 bit mode,
LRDAT[15:8] should either be tied high or low, as
only the first 8 bits LTDAT[7:0] are valid.
LRDAT[15:0] is sampled on the rising edge of
LRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
21
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LRPRTY
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
H1
Loop Receive Parity. LRPRTY provides
programmable odd/even parity of the LRDAT[15:0]
bus.
LRPRTY is considered valid only when the LRENB
signal was low N cycles previous. If the PHY device
is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the PHY device is an
Any-PHY device, N=2. LRPRTY is expected to
become high impedance N LRCLK cycles after
sampling LRENB high.
A parity error is indicated by a status bit and a
maskable interrupt.
LRPRTY is sampled on the rising edge of LRCLK.
9.2
Loop Any-PHY Transmit Master/Receive Slave Interface (34 Signals)
Pin Name
LTCLK
Type
Input
Pin
No.
Function
T25
Loop Transmit Clock. LTCLK is used to transfer
data blocks in the transmit direction across the AnyPHY interface. LTCLK must cycle at a 52 MHz or
lower instantaneous rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
22
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Pin Name
Type
LTADR[0]
..
LTADR[11]
Output Y24
(Master) W23
Input
(Slave)
Pin
No.
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
Loop Transmit Address. The LTADR[7:0] signals
are used to address up to 128 logical channels for
AA26 the purposes of polling on the LTPA signal. 1 or
Y25
more PHY devices can share the LTPA signal.
W24
Y26
W25
V24
U23
W26
V25
U24
This pin is in Hi-Z when the loop transmit interface is
not enabled.
If transmit master mode is selected, these signals
are outputs. LTADR[7:0] selects a logical channel
for polling by applying the logical channel address N
LTCLK cycles prior to sampling LTPA. If the PHY
device is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the PHY device
is an Any-PHY device, N=2. LTADR inserts NULL
cycles between addresses.
For Any-PHY transmit master, LTADR[6:0]
corresponds to the PORTID[6:0] fields in the AnyPHY address word prepend format.
For UTOPIA L2 transmit master, LTADR[4:0] is also
used to select a UTOPIA device to transfer a cell to,
when LTENB is last sampled high.
•
LTADR[11:5] should be left unconnected.
For UTOPIA L1 transmit master, LTADR[11:0] are
unused and should be left unconnected.
If UTOPIA L2 receive slave mode is selected, these
signals are inputs. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 drives
LTPA high 1 LTCLK after the LTADR[4:0] matches
the programmed LoopTxSlaveAddr register.
•
LTADR[11:5] are unused and should be tied
either high or low.
•
LTADR[7:0] is sampled/updated on the rising
edge of LTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
23
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LTPA
ISSUE 2
Type
Pin
No.
Input
R23
(Master)
Tri-state
(Slave)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
Loop Transmit Packet Available. LTPA indicates
the availability of space in the selected polled port
when polled using the LTADR[7:0] signals.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the loop transmit interface is
not enabled.
If transmit master mode is selected, this signal is an
input. The PHY device whose address or address
range matches LTADR[7:0] drives the LTPA signal
with the transmit FIFO availability status of the
selected logical channel N LTCLK cycles after the
match. If the PHY device is a UTOPIA device, N=1.
If the PHY device is an Any-PHY device, N=2.
Assertion of LTPA indicates that at least K entire cell
buffer is available in that logical channel. K = 1 if
the register LoopTxTwoCellEn = 0. K = 2 if the
register LoopTxTwoCellEn = 1.
If receive slave mode is selected, this signal is a tristate output. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 drives LTPA
1 LTCLK after LTADR[4:0] matches the
programmed LoopTxSlaveAddr register. A logical
high indicates that at least one cell is available for
transmission.
LTPA is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge
of LTCLK.
LTENB
Output T24
(Master)
Input
(Slave)
Loop Transmit Enable. LTENB indicates cell
transfers to UTOPIA and SCI-PHY devices. The
device is selected via a match on LTADR[6:0] when
LTENB is last sampled high.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the loop transmit interface is
not enabled.
If transmit master mode is selected, this signal is an
output. LTENB is held low for the duration of the cell
transfer.
If receive slave mode is selected, this signal is an
input.
LTENB is sampled/updated on the rising edge of
LTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
24
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LTSX
ISSUE 2
Type
Output
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
U25
Loop Transmit Start of Transfer. LTSX is asserted
by the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 during the first cycle of a
data block transfer. LTSX assertion will coincide with
the port address prepend, if the cell being
transferred has a prepended port address.
Required only during Any-PHY mode. Should be
left unconnected during UTOPIA modes.
LTSX is updated on the rising edge of LTCLK.
LTSOP
Output T23
(Master)
Tri-state
(Slave)
Loop Transmit Start of Cell. LTSOP marks the
start of cell on the LTDAT[15:0] data bus. LTSOP is
driven high when the first word of the cell (excluding
address prepend) is present on the LTDAT[15:0]
stream. LTSOP is asserted for each cell.
In transmit master mode, the signal is always
driven.
In receive slave mode, this signal is driven 1 LTCLK
after LTENB is asserted.
LTSOP is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge of
LTCLK.
LTDAT[0]
..
LTDAT[15]
Output T26
(Master) R24
Tri-state
(Slave)
R25
R26
P24
P25
N25
N24
N23
M26
M25
M24
L26
M23
L25
L24
Loop Transmit Data. LTDAT[15:0] carries the data
block transfers to the physical layer devices.
In 8 bit mode, only LTDAT[7:0] are valid.
In transmit master mode, the entire bus is always
driven.
In receive slave mode, this bus is driven 1 LTCLK
after LTENB is asserted. Pull up/downs are
required for the entire bus, regardless of whether
the bus is in 8 or 16 bit mode.
LTDAT[15:0] is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge of
LTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
25
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
LTPRTY
ISSUE 2
Type
Pin
No.
Output V26
(Master)
Tri-state
(Slave)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
Loop Transmit Parity. This signal provides
programmable odd/even parity of the LTDAT[15:0]
bus.
In transmit master mode, the signal is always
driven.
In receive slave mode, this signal is driven 1 LTCLK
after LTENB is asserted.
LTPRTY is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge of
LTCLK.
9.3
WAN Any-PHY Receive Master/Transmit Slave Interface (25 Signals)
Pin Name
WRCLK
Type
Input
Pin
No.
Function
T3
WAN Receive Clock. WRCLK is used to transfer
data blocks in the receive direction across the AnyPHY interface. WRCLK must cycle at a 52 MHz or
lower instantaneous rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
26
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Pin Name
Type
WRPA
Input
U1
(Master)
Tri-state
(Slave)
Pin
No.
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
WAN Receive Packet Available. WRPA indicates
cell availability.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the WAN receive interface
is not enabled.
If master mode is selected, the selected PHY device
drives WRPA with the cell availability status N
WRCLK cycles after WRADR[2:0] matches the PHY
device address. If the PHY device is a UTOPIA
device, N=1. If the PHY device is an Any-PHY
device, N=2. Assertion of WRPA indicates that at
least one entire cell is available.
If slave mode is selected, this signal is an output
and the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 plays the roll of a
single port UTOPIA L2 slave device driving the
WRPA when the WRADR matches the programmed
WANRxSlaveAddr register. A logical high indicates
that the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is capable of accepting
at least one cell.
WRPA is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge
of WRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
27
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Pin Name
Type
WRENB
Output T2
(Master)
Input
(Slave)
Pin
No.
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
WAN Receive Enable. The active low receive
enable (WRENB) output is used to initiate the
transfer of a data block from the selected Physical
layer device to the S/UNI-APEX-1K800.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the WAN receive interface
is not enabled.
If master mode is selected, this signal is an output
and the start of block transfer must occur 1 or 2
WRCLK cycles after device selection occurs. Device
selection occurs when the selected device address
is placed on WRADR[2:0] with WRENB held high
followed by WRENB low in the next WRCLK period.
WRENB is held low for M cycles where M is the
number of 8 or 16-bit words in the block transfer.
If slave mode is selected, this signal is an input and
WRDAT[15:0] word is accepted coincident with
WRENB being sampled.
WRENB is sampled/updated on the rising edge of
WRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
28
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
WRADR[0]
..
WRADR[2]
Output R2
(Master) R3
T1
Input
(Slave)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
WAN Receive Address. The WRADR[2:0] signals
are used to address up to four Physical layer
devices for the purposes of polling and device
selection.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the WAN receive interface
is not enabled.
If UL2 or Any-PHY receive master mode is selected,
this bus is an output. WRADR[2:0] selects a device
for polling by applying the device address N
WRCLK cycles prior to sampling WRPA. If the PHY
device selected is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the
PHY device selected is an Any-PHY device, N=2.
When supporting multiple PHYs, WRADR will insert
1 NULL address between address changes.
If UL1 master mode is selected, this bus is driven to
a high NULL address.
WRADR[2:0] selects a device to transfer a data
block when the WRENB is last sampled high. The
start of data block transfer must occur 1 or 2
WRCLK cycles after device selection occurs.
WRADR[2:0] = 7 hex is used as the NULL address.
No PHY device can match the NULL address.
If slave mode is selected, this signal is an input and
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 plays the roll of a single
port UTOPIA L2 slave device driving the WRPA 1
WRCLK after the WRADR[1:0] matches the
programmed WANRxSlaveAddr register, and
WRADR[2] is zero.
WRADR[2:0] is sampled/updated on the rising edge
of WRCLK.
WRSX
Input
V1
WAN Receive Start of Transfer. WRSX is asserted
by the selected PHY device during the first cycle of
a data block transfer coinciding with the port
address prepend. WRSX is ignored during cell
transfers from UTOPIA or SCI-PHY devices.
WRSX is updated on the rising edge of WRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
29
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
WRSOP
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
T4
WAN Receive Start of Packet . WRSOP marks the
start of the cell on the WRDAT[15:0] bus. When
WRSOP is high, the first data word of the cell is
present on the WRDAT[15:0] stream. If the selected
device is an Any-PHY device, the WRSOP cycle will
be preceded by the WRSX cycle marking the AnyPHY port address transfer cycle.
WRSOP is considered valid only when the WRENB
signal is low. WRSOP becomes high impedance
upon sampling WRENB high or if no physical layer
device was selected for transfer.
WRSOP is sampled on the rising edge of WRCLK.
WRDAT[0]
..
WRDAT[15]
Input
U3
V2
W1
U4
V3
W2
Y1
W3
Y2
AA1
Y3
AA2
AB1
Y4
AA3
AB2
WAN Receive Data. WRDAT[15:0] carries the
transfer block words that have been read from the
physical layer device to the S/UNI-APEX-1K800
internal cell buffers. All 16 bits are used in 16-bit
mode, only the first 8 bits WRDAT[7:0] are valid in
8-bit mode.
The WRDAT bus is considered valid only when the
WRENB signal was low N cycles previous. WRDAT
is expected to become high impedance N WRCLK
cycles after sampling WRENB high or upon
completion of a data block transfer. If the PHY
device selected is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If the
PHY device selected is an Any-PHY device, N=2.
WRDAT[15:0] is sampled on the rising edge of
WRCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
30
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
WRPRTY
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
U2
WAN Receive Parity. WRPRTY provides
programmable odd/even parity of the WRDAT[15:0]
bus.
The WRPRTY signal is considered valid only when
the WRENB signal was low N cycles previous. If the
PHY device selected is a UTOPIA device, N=1. If
the PHY device selected is an Any-PHY device,
N=2. WRPRTY is expected to become high
impedance N WRCLK cycles after sampling
WRENB high.
A parity error is indicated by a status bit and a
maskable interrupt.
WRPRTY is sampled on the rising edge of WRCLK.
9.4
WAN Any-PHY Transmit Master/Receive Slave Interface (25 Signals)
Pin Name
WTCLK
Type
Input
Pin
No.
Function
AD20
WAN Transmit Clock. WTCLK is used to transfer
data blocks in the transmit direction across the AnyPHY interface. WTCLK must cycle at a 52 MHz or
lower instantaneous rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
31
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
WTADR[0]
..
WTADR[2]
Output
(Master)
AE20
AD19
AF20
WAN Transmit Address. The WTADR[2:0] signals
are used to address up to four logical channels for
the purposes of polling.
Input
(Slave)
This pin is in Hi-Z when the WAN transmit interface
is not enabled.
If master mode is selected, these signals are
outputs. WTADR[2:0] selects a logical channel for
polling by applying the logical channel address N
WTCLK cycles prior to sampling WTPA. If the PHY
devices are UTOPIA devices, N=1. If the PHY
devices are Any-PHY devices, N=2. , WTADR will
insert 1 NULL address between address changes
For Any-PHY transmit master, WTADR[1:0]
corresponds to the PORTID[1:0] fields in the AnyPHY address word prepend format.
WTADR[2:0] = 7 hex is used as the NULL address.
No PHY device can match the NULL address.
For UTOPIA L2 transmit master, WTADR[2:0]
signals are also used for cell transfer PHY selection
to UTOPIA compliant PHY devices. WTADR[2:0]
selects a device to transfer a data block to when the
WRENB is last sampled high.
For UTOPIA L1 transmit master, WTADR[1:0]
contains the value of the WANTxSlaveAddr register.
WTADR[2] is held low.
If UTOPIA L2 receive slave mode is selected, these
signals are inputs and the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 plays
the roll of a single port UTOPIA L2 slave device
driving the WTPA 1 WTCLK after the WTADR
matches the programmed WANTxSlaveAddr
register.
WTADR[2:0] is sampled/updated on the rising edge
of WTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
32
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
WTPA
Input
(Master)
AD21
WAN Transmit Packet Available. WTPA indicates
cell availability.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the WAN transmit interface
is not enabled.
Tri-state
(Slave)
If master mode is selected, this signal is an input.
The PHY device whose address or address range
matches WTADR[2:0] drives the WTPA signal with
the transmit FIFO availability status of the selected
logical channel N WTCLK cycles after the match. If
the PHY devices are UTOPIA devices, N=1. If the
PHY devices are Any-PHY devices, N=2. Assertion
of WTPA indicates that at least one entire cell buffer
is available in that logical channel.
If slave mode is selected, this signal is a tri-state
output and the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 plays the roll of
a single port UTOPIA L2 slave device driving the
WTPA when the WTADR matches the programmed
WANTxSlaveAddr register. A logical high indicates
that at least one cell is available for transmission.
WTPA is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge
of WTCLK.
WTENB
Output
(Master)
Input
(Slave)
AC20
WAN Transmit Enable. WTENB indicates cell
transfers to UTOPIA and SCI-PHY devices. The
device is selected via a match on WTADR[2:0] when
WTENB is last sampled high.
This pin is in Hi-Z when the WAN transmit interface
is not enabled.
If master mode is selected, this signal is an output.
If slave mode is selected, this signal is an input.
WTENB is held low for the duration of the cell
transfer.
WTENB is sampled/updated on the rising edge of
WTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
33
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
WTSX
ISSUE 2
Type
Output
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
AE21
WAN Transmit Start of Transfer. WTSX is asserted
by the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 during the first cycle of a
data block transfer. WTSX assertion will coincide
with the port address prepend, if the cell being
transferred has a prepended port address. Required
only during Any-PHY mode.
WTSX is updated on the rising edge of WTCLK.
WTSOP
Output
(Master)
AC19
Tri-state
(Slave)
WAN Transmit Start of Packet. WTSOP marks the
start of cell on the WTDAT[15:0] data bus. WTSOP
is driven high when the first word of the cell
(excluding address prepend) is present on the
WTDAT[15:0] stream. WTSOP is asserted for each
cell.
In transmit master mode, the signal is always
driven.
In receive slave mode, this signal is driven 1
WTCLK after WTENB is asserted.
WTSOP is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge of
WTCLK.
WTDAT[0]
..
WTDAT[15]
Output
(Master)
Tri-state
(Slave)
AE22
AF23
AC21
AD22
AE23
AF24
AC24
AD26
AC25
AB24
AA23
AC26
AB25
AA24
Y23
AA25
WAN Transmit Data. WTDAT[15:0] carries the data
block transfers to the physical layer devices.
In 8 bit mode, only WTDAT[7:0] are valid.
In 8/16bit transmit master mode, the entire bus is
always driven.
In receive slave mode, this bus is driven 1 WTCLK
after WTENB is asserted Pull up/downs are
required for the entire bus, regardless of whether
the bus is in 8 or 16 bit mode.
WTDAT[15:0] is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge
of WTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
34
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
WTPRTY
Output
(Master)
AF21
WAN Transmit Parity. This signal provides
programmable odd/even parity of the WTDAT[15:0]
bus.
Tri-state
(Slave)
In transmit master mode, the signal is always
driven.
In receive slave mode, this signal is driven 1
WTCLK after WTENB is asserted.
WTPRTY is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge of
WTCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
35
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
9.5
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Context Memory Synchronous SSRAM Interface (59 Signals)
Pin Name
CMD[0]
..
CMD[33]
Type
BiDi
Pin
No.
Function
A24
B23
C22
D21
A23
B22
C21
A22
B21
C20
D19
A21
B20
C19
A20
B19
C18
D17
A19
B18
C17
A18
D16
B17
C16
B16
D15
A16
C15
B15
A15
C14
B14
B13
Context Memory SSRAM Data. The bi-directional
SSRAM data bus pins interface directly with the
synchronous SSRAM data ports.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 presents valid data on the
CMD[33:0] pins upon the rising edge of SYSCLK
during write cycles. CMD[33:0] is Hi-Z’d on the
rising edge of SYSCLK for read cycles.
CMD[33:0] is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising
edge of SYSCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
36
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
CMP[0]
..
CMP[1]
ISSUE 2
Type
BiDi
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
D24
C23
Context Memory SSRAM Data Parity. The SSRAM
parity pins provide parity protection over the
CMD[33:0] data bus.
CMP[0] completes the odd parity for CMD[16:0]
CMP[1] completes the odd parity for CMD[33:17]
CMP[1:0] has the same timing as CMD[33:0]. The
CMP[1:0] may be unconnected if parity protection is
not required.
CMP[1:0] is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising
edge of SYSCLK.
CMA[0]
..
CMA[18]
Output
K25
L23
J26
K24
J25
H26
K23
J24
H25
G26
H24
G25
F26
H23
G24
F25
E26
E25
F23
Context Memory SSRAM Address. The SSRAM
address outputs identify the SSRAM locations
accessed.
CMA[18:0] is updated on the rising edge of
SYSCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
37
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
CMAB[17]
..
CMAB[18]
ISSUE 2
Type
Output
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
F24
D26
Context Memory SSRAM Address Bar. These
active low address outputs are provided to enable
glueless connection to 4 banks of ZBT SSRAM, or 2
banks of Late Write SSRAM.
In ZBT SSRAM mode, these bits are the inverse of
CMA[18:17].
In Late Write SSRAM mode, CMAB[17] is the chip
enable bar for even addresses, CMAB[18] is the
chip enable bar for odd addresses.
CMAB[18:17] is updated on the rising edge of
SYSCLK.
CMRWB
Output
C26
Context Memory SSRAM Read Write Bar.
CMRWB determines the cycle type when CMCEB is
asserted low. When CMRWB is asserted high, the
cycle type is a read. When CMRWB is asserted low,
the cycle type is a write.
CMRWB is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
CMCEB
Output
D25
Context Memory SSRAM Chip Enable Bar.
CMCEB initiates an access. When CMCEB is
asserted low, the external SSRAM samples the
address and CMRWB asserted by the S/UNI-APEX1K800.
CMCEB is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
9.6
Cell Buffer SDRAM Interface (52 Signals)
Pin Name
CBCSB
Type
Output
Pin
No.
Function
AE15
Cell Buffer SDRAM Chip Select Bar. CBCSB,
CBRASB, CBCASB, and CBWEB define the
command being sent to the SDRAM.
CBCSB is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
CBRASB
Output
AF15
Cell Buffer SDRAM Row Address Strobe Bar.
CBCSB, CBRASB, CBCASB, and CBWEB define
the command being sent to the SDRAM.
CBRASB is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
38
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
CBCASB
ISSUE 2
Type
Output
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
AC14
Cell Buffer SDRAM Column Address Strobe Bar.
CBCSB, CBRASB, CBCASB, and CBWEB define
the command being sent to the SDRAM.
CBCASB is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
CBWEB
Output
AD14
Cell Buffer SDRAM Write Enable Bar. CBCSB,
CBRASB, CBCASB, and CBWEB define the
command being sent to the SDRAM.
CBWEB is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
CBA[0]
..
CBA[11]
CBBS[0]
Output
Output
..
CBBS[1]
AC15
AE16
AD16
AE17
AC16
AF18
AD17
AE18
AF19
AC17
AD18
AE19
Cell Buffer SDRAM Address. The Cell Buffer
SDRAM address outputs identify the row address
(CBA[11:0]) and column address (CBA[7:0]) for the
locations accessed.
AD15
AF16
Cell Buffer SDRAM Bank Select. The bank select
signal determines which bank of a dual/quad bank
Cell Buffer SDRAM chip is active. CBBS[1:0] is
generated along with the row address when
CBRASB is asserted low.
CBA[11:0] is updated on the rising edge of
SYSCLK.
CBBS is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
CBDQM[0]
..
CBDQM[1]
Output
AE13
AE14
Cell Buffer SDRAM Input/Output Data Mask. The
data mask changes state from high to low when the
SDRAM is enabled. These pins are held low during
normal operation
CBDQM is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
39
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
CBDQ[0]
..
CBDQ[31]
9.7
ISSUE 2
Type
BiDi
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
AF3
AE4
AD5
AC6
AF4
AE5
AD6
AC7
AE6
AD7
AC8
AF6
AE7
AD8
AF7
AE8
AD9
AC10
AF8
AE9
AD10
AF9
AC11
AE10
AD11
AE11
AC12
AF11
AD12
AE12
AF12
AD13
Cell Buffer SDRAM Data. The bi-directional Cell
Buffer SDRAM data bus pins interface directly with
the Cell Buffer SDRAM data ports.
The Cell Buffer SDRAM is accessed as a burst of
32-bit long words.
CBDQ[31:0] is updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising edge of
SYSCLK.
Microprocessor Interface (44 Signals)
Pin Name
BCLK
Type
Input
Pin
No.
Function
C1
Bus Clock. This clock is the bus clock for the
microprocessor interface. BCLK must cycle at 66
MHz or lower instantaneous rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
40
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
AD[0]
..
AD[31]
ADSB
ISSUE 2
Type
BiDi
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
C13
D13
A12
C12
A11
D12
B11
C11
B10
D11
A9
C10
B9
A8
D10
C9
B8
A7
C8
B7
A6
D8
C7
B6
A5
C6
B5
A4
D6
C5
B4
A3
Multiplexed Address Data Bus. The multiplexed
address data bi-directional bus AD[31:0] is used to
connect the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 to the
microprocessor.
F2
Address Status. This signal is active-low and
indicates a long-word address is present on the
address/data bus AD[31:2].
During the address phase when ADSB = 0, AD[1:0]
are ignored as all transfers are 32 bits wide.
AD[31:0] is sampled/updated/Hi-Z’d on the rising
edge of BCLK.
Address space used is 0->4K. Attempts to access
above this address space is prohibited.
ADSB is sampled on the rising edge of BCLK.
CSB
Input
E1
Active Low Chip Select. The chip select (CSB)
signal is low during the address cycle (as defined by
ADSB) of S/UNI-APEX-1K800 register accesses.
CSB is sampled on the rising edge of BCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
41
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
WR
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
F3
Write/Read. The write/read (WR) signal is
evaluated when the ADSB and CSB are sampled
active by S/UNI-APEX-1K800. The BUSPOL input
pin controls the polarity of this input.
WR is sampled on the rising edge of BCLK.
BURSTB
Input
E2
Burst Bar. This signal is evaluated when the ADSB
and CSB are sample active by S/UNI-APEX-1K800.
When low, this signal indicates that the current
access is a burst access (and the BLAST input can
be used to detect the end of the transaction).
BURSTB is sampled on the rising edge of BCLK.
BLAST
Input
D1
Burst Last. This signal indicates the last data
access of the transfer. When the BURSTB input is
low, the BLAST input is driven active during the last
transfer of a transaction (even if the transaction is
one word in length). When the BURSTB input is
high, the BLAST input is ignored by S/UNI-APEX1K800. The BUSPOL input pin controls the polarity
of this input.
BLAST is sampled on the rising edge of BCLK.
READYB
Tri-state
F4
Ready Bar. This signal is asserted low by S/UNIAPEX-1K800 when the data on the AD[31:0] bus
has been accepted (for writes), or when the data on
the AD[31:0] is valid (for reads). This signal may be
used by S/UNI-APEX-1K800 to delay a data
transaction. This output is Hi-Z’d one clock cycle
after an S/UNI-APEX-1K800 access, allowing
multiple slave device to be tied together in the
system. This output should be pulled up externally.
READYB is updated on the rising edge of BCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
42
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
BTERMB
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Type
Pin
No.
Function
Tri-state
E3
Burst Terminate Bar. This signal is asserted low
by S/UNI-APEX-1K800 when a data transfer has
reached the address boundary of a burstable range.
Attempts to extend the burst transfer after this signal
is asserted will be ignored. This output is Hi-Z’d one
clock cycle after an S/UNI-APEX-1K800 access,
allowing multiple slave device to be tied together in
the system. This output should be pulled up
externally.
BTERMB is updated on the rising edge of BCLK.
WRDONEB
Output
D2
Write Done Bar. This signal is asserted low by
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 when the most recent write
access to internal registers is complete. This signal
may be used by external circuitry to delay the
issuance of a write operation address cycle until
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 can accept write data. This
signal is only needed in systems where the
READYB output cannot be used to delay a write
data transaction (due to microprocessor
restrictions).
WRDONEB is updated on the rising edge of BCLK.
INTHIB
OD
C4
Active Low Open-Drain High Priority Interrupt.
This signal goes low when an S/UNI-APEX-1K800
high priority interrupt source is active and that
source is unmasked. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 may
be enabled to report many alarms or events via
interrupts. INTHIB becomes high impedance when
the interrupt is acknowledged via an appropriate
register access.
INTHIB is an asynchronous signal.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
43
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
INTLOB
ISSUE 2
Type
OD
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
D3
Active Low Open-Drain Low Priority Interrupt.
This signal goes low when an S/UNI-APEX-1K800
low priority interrupt source is active and that source
is unmasked. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 may be
enabled to report many alarms or events via
interrupts. INTLOB becomes high impedance when
the interrupt is acknowledged via an appropriate
register access.
INTLOB is an asynchronous signal.
BUSPOL
Input
E4
Bus Control Polarity. This signal indicates the
polarity of the WR and BLAST inputs to S/UNIAPEX-1K800.
When high, the BLAST pin is active high (high
indicates the last word of the burst) and the WR pin
is active low (low indicates write).
When low, the BLAST pin is active low (low
indicates the last word of the burst) and the WR pin
is active high (high indicates write).
BUSPOL is sampled on the rising edge of BCLK.
9.8
General (10 signals)
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
RSTB
Input
AA4
Reset Bar. This signal provides an asynchronous
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 reset. RSTB is a Schmitt
triggered input with an internal pull-up resistor.
OE
Input
AC1
Output Enable OE is an active high signal, which
allows all of the outputs of the device to operate in
their functional state. When this signal is low, all
outputs of the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 are Hi-Z’d, with
the exception of TDO.
OE has an internal pull up resistor.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
44
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
SYSCLK
ISSUE 2
Type
Input
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Pin
No.
Function
B12
System Clock. This clock is the master clock for the
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 device. All non-Any-PHY or
microprocessor interface related internal
synchronous logic is timed to this signal. SYSCLK
must cycle at a 80 MHz or lower instantaneous rate.
External SSRAM and SDRAM devices share this
clock and must have clocks aligned within 0.2ns
skew of the clock seen by the S/UNI-APEX-1K800
device.
This clock must be stable prior to deasserting RSTB
0->1.
NC
9.9
AB4
AC5
AB23
E23
D22
D5
E24
No Connect. These balls are not connected to the
die.
JTAG & Scan Interface (7 Signals)
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
TCK
Input
AD1
Test Clock. This signal provides timing for test
operations that are carried out using the IEEE
P1149.1 test access port.
TMS
Input
AC2
Test Mode Select. This signal controls the test
operations that are carried out using the IEEE
P1149.1 test access port. TMS is sampled on the
rising edge of TCK. TMS has an integral pull-up
resistor.
TDI
Input
AB3
Test Data Input. This signal carries test data into
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 via the IEEE P1149.1 test
access port. TDI is sampled on the rising edge of
TCK. TDI has an integral pull-up resistor.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
45
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
TDO
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Type
Pin
No.
Function
Tri-state
AD4
Test Data Output. This signal carries test data out
of the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 via the IEEE P1149.1
test access port. TDO is a tri-state output, which is
inactive except when scanning of data is in
progress.
TDO is updated/Hi-Z’d on the falling edge of TCK.
TRSTB
Input
AC3
Active low Test Reset. This signal provides an
asynchronous S/UNI-APEX-1K800 test access port
reset via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port.
TRSTB is a Schmitt triggered input with an integral
pull-up resistor.
Note that when not being used, TRSTB must be
connected to the RSTB input.
SCANEN
Input
AD23
Scan Enable This signal enables the internal scan
logic for production testing. Should be held to its
inactive low state.
SCANMB
Input
AC22
Scan Mux This signal is connected directly to the
control of the internal scan muxes. Should be held
to its inactive high state.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
46
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
9.10 Power
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
VDD
Power
AC4
AC9
AC13
AC18
AC23
AD3
AD24
AE2
AE25
B2
B25
C3
C24
D4
D9
D14
D18
D23
J23
J4
N4
P23
V4
V23
The pad ring power pins should be connected to a
well de-coupled +3.3 V DC.
PCH
Power
G4
L4
R4
W4
AF5
AF10
AF17
AF22
AB26
U26
K26
G23
D20
A17
A10
D7
The core power pins should be connected to a welldecoupled +2.5 V DC.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
47
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Pin Name
VSS
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Type
Pin
No.
Function
Ground
A1
A2
A13
A14
A25
A26
B1
B3
B24
B26
C2
C25
N1
N26
P1
P26
AD2
AD25
AE1
AE24
AE3
AE26
AF1
AF2
AF13
AF14
AF25
AF26
The pad ring and core ground pins should be
connected to GND.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
48
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
10
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
This section describes the function of each entity in the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 block
diagram. In this document, receive and transmit are used with the S/UNI-APEX1K800 as the frame of reference. For example, receive is used to describe data
paths which are coming into the device.
10.1 Any-PHY Interfaces
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 Interface are Any-PHY compliant 8/16-bit master/slave
interface for both Loop and WAN ports. The loop and WAN interfaces are
configured independently. Both interfaces are fully compatible with the following
Any-PHY options:
• Any-PHY master.
• UTOPIA L2 master (UL2M).
• UTOPIA L1 master (UL1M).
• UTOPIA L2 slave (UL2S).
10.1.1 Receive Interface
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 requires a 2-byte Ingress Connection Identifier (ICI) that
uses the 10 LSB (least significant bits). The ICI is received with every cell and
uniquely identifies the VCC or VPC. The ICI can be received within the HEC/UDF
field (16bit I/F only), as a user prepend, or encoded within the VPI/VCI field. In
Any-PHY mode, an address prepend is expected to be in the first word/byte of
every cell. Inclusion of optional words/bytes are statically configured for the
interface.
The Receive Cell Transfer Format is shown in Figure 4 and Figure 5.
Figure 4
- 16bit Receive Cell Transfer Format
Bits 15-8
Word 0
(Any-PHY
only)
Word 1
(Optional)
Bits 7-0
Address Prepend
User Prepend
Word 2
H1
H2
Word 3
H3
H4
Word 4
(Optional)
HEC/UDF
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
49
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Word 5
PAYLOAD1
PAYLOAD2
Word 6
PAYLOAD3
PAYLOAD4
•
•
•
•
•
•
PAYLOAD47
PAYLOAD48
Word 28
Figure 5
- 8-bit Receive Cell Transfer Format
Bits 7-0
Byte 0
(Any-PHY
only)
Byte 1
(Required)
Byte 2
(Required)
Address Prepend
User Prepend[15:8]
User Prepend[7:0]
Byte 3
H1
Byte 4
H2
Byte 5
H3
Byte 6
H4
Byte 7
H5
(Optional)
Byte 8
PAYLOAD1
•
•
•
Byte 55
PAYLOAD48
The Loop and WAN receive master mode interface supports per-device or perport RPA (Receive Packet Available) status polling via round robin polling
address enabling support for up to 32 loop or 4 WAN devices and/or ports.
Polling ceases once a device or port has been identified as having a cell
available. Polling recommences on the following address that was serviced.
Since the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 requires a unique 10-bit ICI with every cell,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
50
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
knowledge of which polling addresses are associated with devices and which are
associated with ports is not required.
If UL2M or Any-PHY, and the number of ports connected is less than 32 (loop) or
4 (WAN), there is an option of limiting the polling range; thereby providing
optimal polling efficiency.
The UL1M is effectively a UL2M without address polling, but retains the port
selection handshake. Hence a single external UL2S may be connected to the
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 UL1M transmit interface.
If Any-PHY, the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 expects the Any-PHY slave device to act as
a proxy for its internal ports. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 places no restrictions on
the number of internal ports within an Any-PHY slave device. Since the polling is
tied to the data transfer, both the WAN and loop Any-PHY receive interface is
capable of mixing prepend enabled UL2 and Any-PHY slaves on the same bus
with some external glue logic.
If UL2S, the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 operates as a single port UTOPIA L2 transmit
slave port. The address pins become inputs and can be configured to respond to
any port identifier from 0 to 31 for loop, and 0 to 3 for WAN.
Table 4
- Number of Ports Supported, Receive Interface
Mode
Loop (8/16bit)
WAN (8/16bit)
Any-PHY Master
32
4
UTOPIA L2 Master
32
4
UTOPIA L1 Master
1
1
UTOPIA L2 Slave
1 of 32
1 of 4
10.1.2 Transmit Interface
The Transmit Cell Transfer Format is shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7. Word/byte
0 is required for cell transfers to Any-PHY slaves. The address prepend is the
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 port id associated with the transmit queue in which the cell
was en-queued. The unused bits in the address prepend are reserved and
devices should not rely on the content. Optional word 1 or bytes {1,2} enables
the prepending of a 16-bit switch tag. Optional word 2 or bytes {3,4} enables the
prepending of a 16-bit Egress Connection Identifier (ECI). Both the Switch tag
and the Egress Connection Identifier are sourced on a per-VC basis from VC
context. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 also maps the ECI tag to the HEC/UDF field
(word 5) for 16-bit transfer. Word 5 or byte 9 is optional. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800
supports optional VPI and/or VCI mapping, selectable on a per VC basis.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
51
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Inclusion of optional words is statically configurable for the interface. Selection of
the usage of the included optional words is configurable on a per-VC basis. On a
per-VC basis, either mapping of switch tag and/or ECI or mapping of the switch
tag and VPI, or of VPI and VCI is supported. If optional words 2, and/or 5 are
included on the interface, they contain the original ICI if ECI remapping is not
supported for the VC. If optional word 1 is included on the interface, it is defined
as a reserved field for those VCs that are not mapping the switch tag.
Figure 6
- 16-bit Transmit Cell Transfer Format
Bits 15-8
Bits 7-0
Word 0
(Any-PHY
only)
Address Prepend
Loop I/F: {9 MSB reserved, PortID[6:0]}
WAN I/F: {14 MSB reserved, PortID[1:0]}
Word 1
(Optional)
Word 2
(Optional)
Switch Tag Prepend
ECI Prepend
Word 3
H1
H2
Word 4
H3
H4
Word 5
(Optional)
ECI Prepend
Word 6
PAYLOAD1
PAYLOAD2
Word 7
PAYLOAD3
PAYLOAD4
•
•
•
•
•
•
PAYLOAD47
PAYLOAD48
Word 29
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
52
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 7
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- 8-bit Transmit Cell Transfer Format
Bits 7-0
Byte 0
(Any-PHY
only)
Address Prepend
Loop I/F: {MSB reserved
PortID[6:0]}
WAN I/F: {6 MSB reserved,
PortID[1:0]}
Byte 1
Switch Tag Prepend[15:8]
(Optional)
Byte 2
(Optional)
Byte 3
(Optional)
Byte 4
(Optional)
Switch Tag Prepend[7:0]
ECI Prepend[15:8]
ECI Prepend[7:0]
Byte 5
H1
Byte 6
H2
Byte 7
H3
Byte 8
H4
Byte 9
(Optional)
ECI Prepend[7:0]
Byte 10
PAYLOAD1
•
•
•
Byte 57
PAYLOAD48
In the loop interface Any-PHY mode, 16bit, per-port status polling is supported
via a 8-bit polling address bus and a single transmit packet available input
enabling up to 128 port polling. 8-bit loop interface is limited to an 8-bit polling
address, enabling 128 port polling. The loop interface polling is completely
independent of the data transfer.
In the WAN interface Any-PHY mode, 8/16bit, per-port status polling is supported
via a 3 bit polling address bus and a single transmit packet available input
enabling up to 4 port polling. The WAN interface polling ceases once a device or
port has been identified as having a cell available. WAN polling recommences
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
53
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
on the following address that was serviced. Since the polling is tied to the data
transfer, the WAN transmit interface is capable of mixing prepend enabled UL2
and Any-PHY slaves on the same bus with some external glue logic.
In UL2M, loop interface port selection is done via the 6 lower bits of the 12-bit
polling address bus, supporting up to 32 ports. WAN interface port selection is
done via the 3-bit polling address bus, supporting up to 4 ports.
Details of the polling algorithm for the loop and WAN interface can be found in
the loop port scheduler and WAN port scheduler section respectively.
The UL1M is effectively a UL2M without address polling, but retains the port
selection handshake. Hence a single external UL2S may be connected to the
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 UL1M transmit interface. Specific only to the WAN UL1M
mode, port address is presented with a programmable value , giving the option of
port sparing.
In slave mode, the transmit interface operates as a single port UTOPIA L2
receive slave port. The 6 lower bits of the 12-bit loop polling address, or the
entire 3 bits of the WAN polling address become inputs. The loop interface can
be configured to respond to any port identifier from 0 to 31. The WAN interface
can be configured to respond to any port identifier from 0 to 3.
Table 5
- Number of Ports Supported, Transmit Interface
Mode
Loop (8 bit)
Loop (16 bit)
WAN (8 bit)
WAN (16bit)
Any-PHY Master
128
128
4
4
UTOPIA L2
Master
32
32
4
4
UTOPIA L1
Master
1 (no sparing)
1 (no sparing)
1 (4 sparing)
1 (4 sparing)
UTOPIA L2 Slave
1 of 32
1 of 32
1 of 4
1 of 4
10.2 Loop Port Scheduler
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 loop port scheduler provides weighted interleaved
round robin scheduling of up to 128 Any-PHY addresses. To achieve fairness
among the 128 ports and to avoid wasted polling opportunities, the selection of
what ports to poll is based on what ports have transmit data queued and have a
high probability of being able to accept the cell.
The scheduler has 128 polling sequences and 8 different weighting groups.
Software configures the number of polling sequences a port should participate in
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
54
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
by assigning a 3-bit logarithmic weight value and a 7-bit sequence number to
each port. The scheduler maintains a 7-bit polling sequence number and
increments it after each scheduler polling cycle. During a scheduler polling cycle
each of the 128 ports is evaluated. The port will be polled if the following
conditions are met:
•
the port’s transmit data queue is not empty
•
the n LSB’s of the scheduler poll sequence number match the n LSB’s
of the port’s sequence number (n is equal to the port’s weight). For
ports with a weight of zero, this compare is ignored. For ports with a
weight of one, then only the LSB is compared. For ports with a weight
of seven, then the entire seven bits are compared.
To maintain even distribution of ports within the same weight class, software
must assign sequence numbers to ports evenly across the 128 polling
sequences. This sequence number need only be changed when a port’s weight
is changed or the distribution ports in a weight group becomes significantly
unbalanced due to port deactivations. Sequence numbers and weights may be
modified at any time.
The logarithmic weights are set so that lower speed ports are evaluated less
often relative to higher speed ports. The following formula show relationship
between the 3 bit logarithmic weights (lw) and the assigned relative throughput
weight (rw) in the case where the aggregate throughput of all the ports is greater
than the available bandwidth:
rw = 2
(7-lw)
The maximum polling rate for any given port is dictated by the number of active
ports. In Any-PHY mode, if only one port is active for all 128 ports (port’s
transmit data queue is not empty), the maximum polling rate is governed by the
following formula:
Max. polling rate = f(SYSCLK) / (64 * 2lw)
The equivalent equation for UL2M mode is the following:
Max. polling rate = f(SYSCLK) / 2
lw
10.3 Wan Port Scheduler
The WAN port scheduler operates between the queue engine and the multichannel WAN port FIFO. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 WAN port scheduler provides
weighted interleaved round robin scheduling of up to 4 WAN ports. The dynamic
range of the weights is 8 to 1.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
55
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
The scheduler has 8 polling sequences and 4 different weighting groups. Port
weighting is achieved by configuring the number of polling sequences a port
should participate in. This configuration is done by assigning a 2-bit logarithmic
weight value and a 3-bit sequence number to each port. Software assigns the 2bit weight value, and the hardware always maps the 4 ports to the following
sequence numbers: port 0 is assigned 000, port 1 is assigned 010, port 2 is
assigned 101, and port 3 is assigned 111. The scheduler maintains a 3-bit polling
sequence number and increments it after each scheduler polling cycle. During a
scheduler polling cycle each of the 4 ports is evaluated. The port will be selected
for transmission if the following conditions are met:
•
the port’s transmit data queue is not empty
•
the n LSB’s of the scheduler poll sequence number match the n LSB’s
of the port’s sequence number (n is equal to the port’s weight). For
ports with a weight of zero, this compare is ignored and assumed
successful. For ports with a weight of one, only the LSB is compared.
For ports with a weight of two, only the first two LSBs are compared.
For ports with a weight of three, all three bits are compared.
•
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 internal WAN FIFO for the port is not full
The logarithmic weights are set so that lower speed ports are evaluated less
often relative to higher speed ports. The following formula shows relationship
between the logarithmic weights values and the resulting linear relative weight.
rw = 2
(3-lw)
If port 0 were assigned a weight of 0, port 1 a weight of 1, port 2 a weight of 2,
and port 3 a weight of 3, and all the ports had data to send, and none of the
WAN FIFOs were full, then cells would be transmitted in the following order:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
56
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Table 6
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Example WIRR Transmission Sequence
Sequence Number
Ports Transmitted
000
0,1
001
0,2
010
0,1
011
0
100
0,1
101
0,2
110
0,1
111
0,3
The above example was constrained by several conditions under which the
queue engine WAN interface bandwidth was the transmission bottleneck. In the
WAN transmit datapath, there are actually three places where a transmission
bottleneck can occur: the queue engine’s WAN interface bandwidth, the AnyPHY bus, and the actual physical lines.
If the queue engine’s WAN interface bandwidth is the bottleneck, then the WIRR
WAN scheduler will determine the transmission order. In this case, the queue
engine’s WAN interface does not have enough bandwidth to service all of the
physical lines and each physical line will receive a weighted proportion the queue
engine’s available WAN bandwidth.
If the Any-PHY bus becomes the bottleneck, then a simple round robin scheduler
at the Any-PHY interface will determine the transmission order. For this reason,
the system designers should ensure that the Any-PHY bus does not become the
bottleneck.
Finally, if the physical lines are the bottleneck, then the physical line rates and
the WIRR WAN scheduler will determine the transmission order. This last
situation is the most desirable one because in this case no transmission
opportunities will ever be missed.
10.4 WAN Port Aliasing
For each of the four channels, a port aliasing register is provided to allow for port
sparing for the uplinks. These registers map the internal VC’s PortID to the
external Any-PHY address. By having this layer of indirection, it is possible to redirect all traffic from one Any-PHY address to another by modifying a single
register, and without having to change any per-VC context information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
57
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
10.5 WAN and Loop ICI Selection
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 requires that an ICI be received with every cell. A
connection identified by a single ICI may be either a VCC or a VPC connection.
The ICI may be prepended to the cell or embedded in the VPI/VCI header for
interfacing to devices that cannot add prepends to the cell.
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 accepts cells from the following sources: WAN ports,
loop ports, and the microprocessor port. Each cell is directed to a particular
connection, which is identified by an ICI. For cells from the microprocessor port,
the ICI is given directly. For the WAN and Loop ports, this ICI may be selected
from one of several locations within the cell and is programmable per interface
(of the 2 byte prepend only 10 LSB are used):
•
A two byte user tag prepended to the cell.
•
The two byte HEC/UDF field of the cell.
•
Embedded in the 12 bit VPI & 16 bit VCI field as defined as follows:
If the VPI < “FFF” then
ICI = “0” & VPI; -- This connection is a VPC connection.,
-- VPI cannot be set to a value larger than "3FF"
else
ICI = "0" & VCI; -- This connection is a VCC connection.
-- VCI cannot be set to a value larger than "3FF"
end if;
In an UNI environment, the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 considers the 4 bit GFC field
plus the 8 bit VPI field as the VPI field described above.
10.6 Microprocessor Interface
The microprocessor interface supports the following features:
•
32-bit wide multiplexed address data bus.
•
Synchronous microprocessor interface supporting linear bursts of up to 16long words for cell transfers, up to 5 long words for performance sensitive
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
58
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
context memory, and single long word accesses for registers and remaining
context memory.
•
Microprocessor clock independent of the system clock, allowing for easy
integration into any host system without altering device performance.
•
Addressing:
•
Direct addressing for internal control and status, SAR assist, CBI register
port and memory port.
•
Indirect addressing (via the Memory Port) for context memory accesses.
•
Indirect addressing (via the CBI Register Port) for CBI register accesses.
•
High and Low Priority Interrupt outputs provided for efficient task
management.
•
Bus Polarity Select pin provided to allow interconnect between the S/UNIAPEX-1K800 and PowerPC or i960 microprocessors.
•
Write Done Indicator output provided to allow interconnect with the IDT MIPS
microprocessor (with minimal external logic for system command generation
and interpretation).
The microprocessor interface receives a multiplexed address and data bus,
where an address strobe input defines the address cycle. During the address
cycle, the bus contains the address for the beginning of the transaction. Also
during this cycle, the chip select, write indicator, and burst indicator are latched
to define the transaction. The interpreted polarity of the write indicator and burst
indicator are controlled by a single configuration input pin, for compatibility with
multiple microprocessors such as the PowerPC or the i960.
If a read transaction is indicated at the address cycle, then S/UNI-APEX-1K800
will respond with a ready indicator concurrent with each long word of valid data,
until the burst is complete. The delay between the address cycle and the first
valid long word of read data is variable, depending on the specific register
address (not less than 2 clock cycles). If a read transaction is issued to the
receive SAR when no data is available, or issued to the memory port when the
current command is not yet complete, the first word of valid read data will be
delayed until data is available (this can be many clock cycles). If excessive delay
for the first word of valid read data cannot be tolerated, then polling (or interrupt
processing) must be used for accesses to these regions. The ready indicator
may be deasserted by S/UNI-APEX-1K800 in the middle of a burst read
operation to allow for read data synchronization delay.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
59
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
If a write transaction is indicated at the address cycle, then S/UNI-APEX-1K800
will respond with a ready indicator concurrent with each long word of valid data,
until the burst is complete. The delay between the address cycle and the first
valid long word of write data is variable, depending on the specific register
address (not less than 1 clock cycle). If a write transaction is issued to the
transmit SAR when the buffer is full, or issued to the memory port when the
current command is not yet complete, the first word of valid write data will be
delayed by the ready indicator until buffer space is available (this can be many
clock cycles). If excessive delay for the first word of valid write data cannot be
tolerated, then polling (or interrupt processing) must be used for accesses to
these regions. Once the ready indicator has been asserted, it will remain
asserted until the completion of the burst.
An additional output is provided to indicate when the current write operation is
complete (write done indicator). Processors which do not allow the ready
indicator to be used to delay the advance of write data, but do allow a write
operation to be delayed before it is issued (such as the IDT MIPS processor)
may use this output. The write done indicator is asserted when S/UNI-APEX1K800 can accept another write command. Typically, an external circuit may be
employed which uses this S/UNI-APEX-1K800 output to determine when to allow
the processor to issue another write command. When this output is used prior to
the address cycle, the normal ready indicator need not be used for write
operations, as S/UNI-APEX-1K800 can accept write data always once the write
done indicator is asserted (unless polling of buffer status is disabled). Note that
polling of buffer status must be employed when the processor does not allow the
ready indicator to be used to delay the advance of write data.
If a burst is indicated at the address cycle, then the transaction will not complete
until the processor asserts the burst last indicator. If a burst is not indicated, then
the transaction will be completed after the ready indicator is asserted by S/UNIAPEX-1K800.
The multiplexed address/data bus will be Hi-Z’d immediately following the last
word of read data to allow a new address cycle to commence. The
microprocessor interface will allow an address cycle to occur with no wait states
between the last word of valid data and the new address; however, care must be
taken to minimize bus contention in the system design if no wait states are
provided by the microprocessor.
The diagrams below illustrate possible connections between the S/UNI-APEX1K800 and various microprocessors. For the i960 interface, the two lower order
bits of the address may be tied to ground as all accesses to the S/UNI-APEX1K800 are 32bits wide.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
60
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 8
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- i960 (80960CF) Interface
BCLK
PCLK[2:1]
A[31:2]
BE#[3:0]
AD[31:0]
D[31:0]
ADSB
CSB
WR
BURSTB
BLASTB
ADS#
W/R#
BLAST#
READYB
BTERMB
WRDONEB
READY#
BTERM#
VCC
BUSPOL
BOFF#
HOLD
HOLDA
i960 (80960CF)
Figure 9
- PowerPC (MPC860) Interface
BCLK
CLKOUT
A[31:0]
DP[3:0]
D[31:0]
AD[31:0]
ADSB
CSB
WR
BURSTB
BLAST(B)
TS#
READYB
BTERMB
WRDONEB
TA#
BI#
BUSPOL
R/W#
BURST#
BDIP#
VCC
TEA#
BR#
BG#
MPC860
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
61
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
10.7 Memory Port
Much of the configuration information that S/UNI-APEX-1K800 requires for
normal operation is accessed indirectly through the memory port, as the
configuration storage is tightly coupled to performance. Register arrays are
provided to allow access to the following memory apertures:
•
External Queue context
•
Internal Queue context
•
Internal Loop context
The memory port is primarily used for context setup, but may also be used for
diagnostic purposes. Features include
•
Control register allows the microprocessor to specify the aperture,
address, and length of the burst. Access to the internal loop context are
restricted to single long word accesses.
•
4-word burst write buffer with 8-bit overflow register, supporting writes of
up to 4 contiguous 34-bit words to valid apertures.
•
Masked write mechanism, which can be used to overwrite specific bits of
1 word without affecting other bits.
•
4-word burst read buffer with 8-bit overflow register, supporting reads of
up to 4 contiguous 34-bit words from valid apertures.
•
Memory port status provided in the low priority interrupt status register,
allowing for polling or for interrupt driven accesses to memory.
Memory is accessed using a 4-long word address in the control register, along
with 4 long-word enables. This approach allows non-contiguous bursts within a
4-long word section of memory, or to specify which long word is to be accessed
in single long word transfer. (For example, the first and third word of a section
may be modified without changing the second and fourth).
To compensate for the difference between the 34-bit context memory bus and
the 32-bit microprocessor bus, an 8-bit overflow register is provided for both
reads and writes. The overflow register represents the most significant 2 bits of
up to 4 words in a burst access. In this manner, 4 34-bit words can be accessed
using a 5-word burst on the microprocessor bus.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
62
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
The masked write mechanism is provided to allow the microprocessor to change
a field within a word in context memory while traffic is present, without risk of
context corruption. The masked write can be performed on one word per
operation. In this mode (as indicated in the control register), the second word in
the 4-word burst write buffer and the second pair of bits in the overflow register
represent a bit mask which will be used by S/UNI-APEX-1K800 to perform a
masked write function.
10.8 SAR Assist
The SAR assist module allows cells or AAL5 frames to be transferred to and
from the queue engine. Burst transfers from the microprocessor into and out of
the SAR staging buffers enable efficient access to the queuing structures. The
staging buffers are organized as 64 byte units, including the ICI/ECI, the cell
header, the payload, and control or status information. A complete buffer can be
written or read in one continuous burst, or the data can be accessed individually
or with a series of shorter bursts. Within this structure, both the cell header and
the payload are aligned on 32-bit boundaries, to simplify microprocessor access.
The SAR assist module can also optionally perform calculation, checking, and
insertion of AAL5 CRC32 or CRC10.
One staging buffer is provided for cell or frame injection, while four staging
buffers are provided for cell or frame reception (one for each microprocessor
class queue).
10.8.1 Transmit
The transmit function of the SAR has the following features:
•
Read staging buffer for each of the 4 class queues associated with the
microprocessor.
•
CRC-32 checking for AAL5 re-assembly.
•
Simultaneous re-assembly assist on all 4 class queues.
•
CRC-10 checking for OAM.
•
Cell header is provided with each PDU, including PTI for end-of-message
detection by the microprocessor.
Each read buffer represents a 2-cell pipeline, providing minimum latency for cell
retrieval. While a cell is read out, a second cell is retrieved from the queue
engine automatically. By having read buffers for each class, the microprocessor
can decide which class has the highest priority. The microprocessor can
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
63
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
interrupt the retrieval of a frame from one class to transmit a higher priority
packet/cell from another class without impacting the CRC32 calculation.
The SAR will accept another cell from the queue engine when the 14th long word
of the transmit buffer has been read. The SAR assist transmit cell transfer
format is shown in Figure 10.
Figure 10
- SAR Assist Transmit Cell Transfer Format
Register
Bits 31-24
SarTxData0
Bits 23-16
Bits 15-8
CRC Status
Bits 7-0
SarTxECI
SarTxData1
H0
H1
H2
H3
SarTxData2
Payload1
Payload2
Payload3
Payload4
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Payload45
Payload46
Payload47
Payload 48
SarTxData13
The SAR performs CRC32 error checking over the entire frame. The CRC32
accumulator for a class is automatically reset on frame boundaries or when a
non-user or WFQ cell is encountered (see Table 8). A CRC32 status bit is
updated as the EOM cell enters the read buffer.
The SAR performs CRC10 error checking over an OAM cell. A CRC10 status bit
is updated as the OAM cell enters the read buffer. The processor should verify
the cell type (via the cell header) when determining the validity of these status
bits.
All the CRC status bits in the buffer are updated prior to indicating data is
available. Should a CRC error be detected, the microprocessor can skip reading
th
the cell’s entire payload and move on to the next cell by reading the 14 word of
the transmit buffer.
10.8.2 Receive
The receive function of the SAR has the following features:
•
Single write staging buffer
•
ICI (Ingress Connection Identifier) prepended to all cells
•
Option to overwrite the end of a cell with AAL5 CRC32 or OAM CRC-10
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
64
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
The single write buffer represents a 2-cell pipeline, allowing the microprocessor
to fill one payload while the other one is waiting to be queued. A Not Full status
bit is provided, indicating whether the write buffer is capable of accepting at least
one cell.
Cell enqueuing is initiated by writing to the 14th word of the receive buffer. The
SAR assist receive cell transfer format is shown in Figure 11.
Figure 11
- SAR Assist Receive Cell Transfer Format
Register
Bits 31-24
SarRxLWord0
Bits 23-16
Bits 15-8
CRC Control
Bits 7-0
SarRxICI
SarRxLWord1
H0
H1
H2
H3
SarRxLWord2
Payload1
Payload2
Payload3
Payload4
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Payload45
Payload46
Payload47
Payload 48
SarRxLWord13
Once there are 2 cells in the process of being en-queued, any further attempts to
write to the write buffer will be held pending until the first cell has been enqueued.
The CRC Control gives each cell the option of being overwritten with an AAL5
CRC-32 or an OAM CRC-10 trailer. These CRC values cannot be invoked if
OAM cells are interspersed within AAL5 packets.
For frame traffic, it is necessary to write SarRxLWord0&1 for the first two cells,
SarRxLWord0 for the third cell and SarRxLWord0 for the last cell of the frame
SarRxLWord0&1 write of the first cell is required to reset the CRC, and establish
the ICI and header for the first pipe. SarRxLWord0&1 write of the second cell is
required to set the CRC for normal operation, and establish the ICI and header
for the second pipe. SarRxLWord0 write of the third cell is required to remove the
reset of the CRC established in the first cell and set the CRC for normal
operation. SarRxLWord0 write of the last cell is required to concatenate the CRC
onto the end of the cell. The middle cells of the frame only require the payload
to be updated.
10.9 Queue Engine
The queue engine performs the following functions:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
65
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
•
Service Arbitration
•
Congestion Control
•
Statistics
•
Cell Queuing (VC Scheduling)
•
Class Scheduling
•
Watch Dog: VC time out patrol and re-allocation
•
Microprocessor queue buffer re-allocation
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
10.9.1 Service Arbitration
There are 9 components that request services from the queue engine. Three
components (SAR Rx, WAN Rx, and Loop Rx) can request a cell to be enqueued. Another three components (SAR Tx, WAN Tx, and Loop Tx) can
request a cell to be de-queued. The shaper, if enabled, can request the
transmission slots to be advanced (see section on Shape Fair Queuing). There
are two possible requests from the watch dog, one to patrol a range of VC
queues to detect a timed out VC, and another request to re-allocate buffers from
a VC that has timed out. The uP can request a VC or Class queue to have their
buffers re-allocated and removed from service. The queue engine is capable of
simultaneously servicing any one or all of the requests from an en-queue
component, a de-queue component, watch dog patrol and transmission slot
advancement. The queue engine is capable of servicing the re-allocation of
buffers from either the uP or watch dog alone. To resolve all these requests,
there are four arbitration units. See Figure 12.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
66
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 12
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Service Arbitration Hierarchy
Queue Engine
RR Arbiter
“Queue Arbiter”
Rx arbiter
SAR Rx
I/F
WAN Rx
I/F
Tx Arbiter
Loop Rx
I/F
SAR Tx
I/F
Watch Dog
Patrol
Advance
TxSlot
RR Arbiter
WAN Tx
I/F
Loop Tx
I/F
Watch Dog
Re-allocate
uP
Re-allocate
There is a Rx arbiter that receives requests to queue a cell from the SAR, loop
and WAN Rx interfaces. There is a Tx arbiter that receives requests to de-queue
a cell from the SAR, loop and WAN Tx interfaces. These Rx and Tx arbiters
have two options for arbitration. The default option is to have the arbiters use
round robin to select between the three interfaces. The alternate option is to
have the arbiters use round robin between the loop and the WAN interfaces, with
the SAR set to the lowest priority. The results of the Rx and Tx arbiters, along
with the request from the watch dog patrol and the shaper transmission slot
advancement, are OR’d together to represent a single request from the “queue
arbiter”.
There is a round robin arbiter that receives re-allocation requests from the watch
dog and uP. The results of this arbiter, and the one from the “queue arbiter”
goes to the final round robin arbiter.
10.9.2 Cell Queuing
After congestion control, a cell will be queued onto a linked list structure. The
structure is made up of context records, on a per-Port, per-Class, and per-VC
basis. Context records are stored in both the external SSRAM and internal RAM.
Figure 13 below illustrates the structure of the linked lists, and the relationships
between the different context records.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
67
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 13
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Queue Linked List Structure
VC Queue
Class Queue
Class0
Class1
Class2
Class3
VCRecord Group
max. 1024
Cell Record
64-256K
Port Record Group
max. 128 for Loop
max. 4 for WAN
max 1 for uP
Cell Flow
Note: The class queue and VC queue as illustrated in the above diagram cannot
be directly correlated with the per-Class and per-VC levels as defined in the
congestion control.
The rules for queuing, and the way the linked lists are utilized is configured on a
per-VC basis. A VC may be configured to one of three mutually exclusive
queuing procedures. In addition, the queuing of non user cells may be handled
differently. The available queuing procedures as a function of the port
destination are outlined in Table 7.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
68
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Table 7
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Available Queuing Procedures
Weighted Fair Queuing
Frame Continuous Queuing
Loop
WAN
uP
x
x
x
x
x
x
Shape Fair Queuing
Non User Cell Queuing
10.9.2.1
x
x
x
x
Weighted Fair Queuing
Weighted fair queuing is available to cells destined for the loop, uP and WAN
ports. It is configured on a per-Class basis. The VC and class queue work
together to provide weighted fair queuing. The class queue is a staging area for
cells from different VCs to be lined up for their final destination. The VC
demographics in the class queue are defined by each VC’s scheduled weight.
The WFQ maintains N cells from a VC in the class queue, where N is the weight
of the VC. If greater than N cells exist, the excess is maintained in the VC
queue. Cells are transferred from the VC queue to the Class queue to maintain
the VC weight in the class queue.
10.9.2.2
Frame Continuous Queuing
Frame continuous queuing, or VC merge is available to all ports. It is configured
on a per-VC basis. The VC queue is transformed into a frame re-assembly area.
Frame traffic is assumed to use the AAL5 EOM PTI field indicator to delineate
frame boundaries. Frames are completely assembled in the VC queue before
being transferred over to the class queue. Non-user cells encountered on FCQ
VCs are handled differently. Please refer the section on Non-User Cell Queuing.
The maximum length of the re-assembled frame can be one of two globally
defined sizes, selected on a per-VC basis. Should a VC that is in process of reassembly exceed the maximum length, a frame discard will be invoked. The
cells in the VC queue will be discarded, as well as the cells that are about to be
received up to and including the EOM. From a statistical count perspective, this
frame discard is identical to a frame discard caused by congestion. In addition, a
per-VC maskable interrupt is invoked and the ICI is stored in a register that only
holds the ICI of the last VC that violated the maximum re-assembly length.
If a frame has a zero length field in the AAL5 trailer, there is a per-VC context
parameter VcLenChkEn that will configure the queue engine to perform an frame
discard. As with the maximum length frame discard, this zero length frame
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
69
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
discard is identical to a frame discard caused by congestion from a statistical
count perspective.
A VC timeout watchdog is provided to protect memory resource should a reassembly not complete in a timely manner. There are two procedures that are
carried out by the watch dog. The first procedure is the patrol, which is
performed by the queue engine during regular cell en-queue and de-queue
sequence. Within the context record, there is a re-assembly parking state bit,
ReasPark. The watch dog has a current re-assembly parking state bit,
CurrentReasPark. Whenever a user cell (ie not RRM or OAM cell) arrives, the
ReasPark state bit is set to the CurrentReasPark. The watch dog, initiated by
the microprocessor, will walk through a programmable range of marked VCs, that
are currently being re-assembled, to check and see if ReasPark =
CurrentReasPark. If this is true, then the VC is deemed OK. If it finds a valid VC
with ReasPark != CurrentReasPark, the VC is deemed dead. The discovery of a
dead VC initiates the watch dog re-allocation procedure. When the patrol is
complete, the CurrentReasPark bit is automatically inverted to prepare for the
next patrol.
The watch dog re-allocation procedure is performed between the cell
receive/transmit servicing. All the buffers in the VC queue are reclaimed, the VC
Q congestion counters are reset to zero, the general discard count is updated,
and VC status is reset to receive the next incoming cell as a BOM. A per-VC
maskable interrupt is invoked and the ICI is stored in a register that only holds
the ICI of the last timed out VC.
10.9.2.3
Shape Fair Queuing
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 shaper is a passive dual rate shaper based on a time
slot design. It will shape on a per VC basis, to the traffic parameters PCR, SCR
& MBS. Traffic shaping is available on the four WAN ports, but not on the loop
ports. A maximum of four out of the sixteen WAN port classes (four ports, four
classes per port) can have shaping applied to their output. Every VC connected
to a shaped class will have shaping applied to it, but each VC can have a unique
shape rate. Classes that are not shaped can coexist on the same port as
classes that are shaped, and there can be more than one shaped class on a
single port.
Each shaper has a fundamental time unit, QShpNRTRate, which defines the
minimum time increment between successively scheduled cells. Although each
shaper is independent, the aggregate shape rate (1/QShpNRTRate) of the active
shapers must be less than the device overall cell rate limit (1.42Mc/s @ 80MHz).
The VC’s SCR is defined by the number of fundamental time units, ShpIncr,
inserted between the VC’s cell as they are scheduled by the shaper. The SCR is
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
70
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
proportional to 1/ShpIncr. The CDV introduced is within 1 fundamental time unit.
When there is neither contention (brief period where multiple VCs are scheduled
to transmit at the same time) nor congestion (over-subscription of the port/class),
the shaper will always transmit at SCR. See ideal emission of Figure 14.
The PCR and MBS only come into effect when the VC experiences one or more
periods of contention or congestion (and hence the term passive dual rate
shaper). An internal “late counter” is maintained that represents how late the
current cell’s scheduled emission time slot is relative to the ideal emission time
slot. A non-zero late counter will cause the shaper to attempt to recover the lost
opportunities by scheduling the cell with an increment value no smaller than
ShpIncr – ShpCdvt. The ShpCdvt parameter, user defined on a per-VC basis, is
in terms of the shaper’s fundamental time unit. The difference (ShpIncr –
ShpCdvt) is minimum number of fundamental time units inserted between cells,
and is proportional to the VC’s 1/PCR. Given the opportunity, the shaper will
1
burst at PCR rates until the late counter returns to zero . The size of the counter,
programmable on a per-VC basis, therefore defines the MBS. See case #1 of
Figure 14.
If congestion persists for an extended period, the late counter will continue to
accumulate and eventually wrap around once MBS is reached. The resulting
emission pattern is one where the duration of bursting is the remainder of the
rolled counter. Every time the counter wraps, a CDV, equal to the MBS, is
introduced into the emission stream. Recovery of the cumulative CDVs can only
occur if the ingress stream pauses long enough for the VC queue to empty
entirely. MaxCDV can be imposed by limiting the length of the VC queue via the
per-VC max congestion threshold. See case #2 of Figure 14.
1
Note that the inter-cell transmission times may actually exceed 1/PCR. Factors include the number of
active WAN ports, the number of active loop ports, and back pressure created by the external WAN port.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
71
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Figure 14
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Traffic Shaping on the WAN Port
Time
1/SCR
ideal
emission
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
<= MBS
7
8
7
8
1/PCR
Case #1
emission after contention,
within burst limit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
CDV
Case #2
emission after contention,
beyond burst limit
0
1
2
3
4
6
5
For VCs that are shaped to rates approaching the fundamental time unit, there is
the issue of granularity caused by the nature of time slots. For example, if the
fundamental time unit is the equivalent of 100Mb/s, the maximum shaped rate is
100Mb/s (ShpIncr = 1), the next possible shaped rate is 50Mb/s (ShpIncr = 2). In
order to achieve shaped rates between 100Mb/s and 50Mb/s, the ShpIncr may
be defined as an integer plus a fractional component. The shaper will schedule
a cell to its integer value of ShpIncr, while maintaining a remainder count of the
fractional portion. Whenever the remainder count exceeds a unit value, the
shaper will schedule the next cell to the integer value + 1. The effective SCR rate
over time will be the correct rate, but a CDV equal to the fractional value is
introduced into the egress stream. If the ShpIncr is an integer value, then there is
no additional CDV introduced due to time slot granularity. PCR and MBS
parameters are not supported when non-integer ShpIncr is invoked. See Figure
15 where the ShpIncr has been set to 1.5.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
72
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 15
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Non-integer ShpIncr
emission
with ShpIncr = 1.5
fundamental time slots
User programming can also define the action of the shaper when overall egress
congestion (i.e. too much traffic being sent through the shaper) is causing all
VCs on that port/class to experience shaping delay due to congestion. When
congestion is detected, the shaper will temporarily increase the fundamental
shaping time unit, thereby causing each VC to schedule cells less frequently.
This will eventually relieve the congestion, at which point the time unit will be
brought back to its previous value. The impact of the congestion is distributed
fairly across all VCs on the congested port because all VCs on the port
experience the same relative decrease in scheduling frequency.
10.9.2.4
Non-User Cell Queuing
When a non-user cell is encountered, it may be queued with special handling.
The cases requiring special handling are:
•
Cells identified as an end to end OAM may be redirected to the uP’s class 0
queue. This can occur independent of the queuing mechanism selected for
the VC (WFQ, FCQ, and SFQ).
•
Cells identified as a segment OAM may be redirected to the uP’s class 0
queue. This can occur independent of the queuing mechanism selected for
the VC (WFQ, FCQ, and SFQ).
•
During FCQ, a cell identified as an OAM that is not being redirected to the uP
will bypass the VC queue re-assembly area and go directly to the class
queue.
•
During FCQ, a cell identified as an RRM (Reserved or Resource
Management) will bypass the VC queue re-assembly area and go directly to
the class queue.
The table below lists the rules used to identify OAM and RRM cell types.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
73
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Table 8
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- OAM & RRM Cell Identification
Type
Parameter
Location
VPC End to End OAM
VcVPC = 1
VC Context
VCI = 4
Cell header
VcVPC = 1
VC Context
VCI = 3
Cell header
VcVPC = 0
VC Context
PTI = 5
Cell header
VcVPC = 0
VC Context
PTI = 4
Cell header
VcVPC = 0
VC Context
PTI = 11x
Cell header
VPC Segment OAM
VCC End to End OAM
VCC Segment OAM
RRM
VPC/VCC End to End OAM cells will be redirected to the uP’s class 0 queue if
the context parameter VcEEOam = 1, independent of the queue method
selected. If VcEEOam = 0 and FCQ is selected, then the cell will be queued
directly onto the class queue.
VPC/VCC segment OAM cells will be redirected to the uP’s class 0 queue if the
context parameter VcSegOam = 1, independent of the queue method selected.
If VcSegOam = 0 and FCQ is selected, then the cell will be queued directly onto
the class queue.
Non user cells not meeting any of the above conditions will not be redirected and
will be treated like a normal user cell in terms of queuing.
The re-direction applied on OAM cells will preclude any performance measuring
sessions on VCs that are programmed with FCQ.
10.9.3 Class Scheduling
Class scheduling is performed on the loop and WAN ports. There is no class
scheduling for the uP ports as all four classes are accessible simultaneously.
The class scheduler provides modified priority scheduling with class zero having
the highest priority and class three having the lowest. The high priority classes
can be utilized for real time services such as CBR and VBR-rt. The lower priority
classes can be utilized for VBR-nrt, GFR and UBR services. There are three
configurations for class scheduling:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
74
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
•
strict priority, round robin or modified strict priority between classes, evaluated
after the transmission of each cell.
•
strict priority between classes, evaluated after the transmission of an entire
packet, and available only to those VCs configured for FCQ.
•
strict priority between classes, evaluated after the transmission of a partial
packet of a programmable length, and available only to those VCs configured
for FCQ.
10.9.3.1
Cell and Packet Scheduling
In order to ensure that the lower priority classes are not starved when the high
priority classes are under heavy utilization, a minimum bandwidth reservation
scheme is employed. The user can program the minimum bandwidth
requirements of classes one, two, and three and thus avoid starvation. Setting
the minimum bandwidth requirements to zero (ClassXCellLmt = 0) on all classes
will result in the class scheduler acting as a strict priority scheduler. Setting the
minimum bandwidth requirements to three (ClassXCellLmt = 3) on all classes will
result in the class scheduler acting as a round robin scheduler.
The mechanism utilized to ensure that a class does not starve is as follows. The
class scheduler keeps track of the number of missed transmit opportunities the
lower priority classes within a port have had. When a cell is transmitted on a
particular class the ClassXCellCnt counters are incremented for all other classes
which have missed an opportunity to transmit a cell. Once the ClassXCellCnt for
a class reaches a maximum value (as defined by ClassXCellLmt), the class is in
starvation. On the next cell transmit opportunity for that port, the starving class
will be allowed to transmit one cell. If multiple classes were indicating starvation
then the highest priority class would transmit first, then the next class until all
starving classes have been serviced.
A starving class is only allowed to transmit one cell at a time. This ensures that
the higher priority classes do not experience a large amount of CDV caused by
the lower priority classes. When a class has an opportunity to transmit (due to
starvation avoidance or otherwise), its ClassXCellCnt is reset and the above
procedure is repeated.
A per-Port parameter, ClassPacket, is provided to support continuous packet
transmission. In this packet mode, a VC that is configured for FCQ will retain
permission to transmit cells for the length of the entire packet, regardless of the
starvation states of the other classes, including class 0. This feature enables
traffic to be emitted from the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 packet contiguously and thus
minimizing the buffering requirements for an external SAR device. Strict priority
must be set whenever packet class scheduling is selected.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
75
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
It is possible to mix VCs that have FCQ and WFQ scheduling within the same
class, and ClassPacket enabled. Non FCQ VCs and non-user cells (as defined
in Table 8) are treated as single cell packets.
All counters, control and limit fields for the class scheduler are located in the
class scheduler context memory. As stated earlier, memory is only allocated for
classes one, two, and three. Class zero does not require any class scheduler
context information.
10.9.3.2
Partial Packet Scheduling
A per-Port parameter, ClassFragEn, is provided to support packet fragmentation.
In this fragmentation mode, classes are selected on a strict priority basis. Once
a class is selected, the packet at the head of the class queue is transmitted up to
a programmable length or until the EOM is encountered, whichever comes first.
Non FCQ VCs and non-user cells (as defined in Table 8) are treated as single
cell packets. When the length/EOM is reached, the classes are evaluated once
again in a strict priority. The transmission of the original packet will resume once
the original class regains transmission rights. Note that by virtue of the strict
priority scheduling, Class0 will always have its packets transmitted in their
entirety.
10.9.4 Congestion Control
The congestion control decides whether to permit a cell to enter the queue
structure. The objective is to provide a minimum reserved buffer allocation to all
active VCs and to fairly allocate shared buffer resources to eligible VCs. The
algorithm is applied to both frame and non-frame traffic. The objectives of the
algorithm are as follows:
•
provide guaranteed resources to all active VCs
•
share available buffer resources to eligible VCs with excess buffering
requirements
•
restrict resource allocation on a per-VC, per-Class, per-Port, and perDirection basis to those levels that have exceeded their allotment of
resources.
•
avoid global synchronization
•
Provide interrupts and ID of the last maximum threshold discard invoked.
These objectives are achieved by having several thresholds and hierarchical
count values, at the per-Device, per-Direction, per-Port, per-Class, and per-VC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
76
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
levels. Figure 16 illustrates the relationship between the hierarchical count values
and their associated thresholds.
Figure 16
- Thresholds and Count Definitions
FreeCnt
Per-Device
DirCnt
Per-Direction
(1 loop,
1 WAN)
DirCLP1Thrsh
Per-Port
(128 loop,
4 WAN,
1 uP)
PortCLP1Thrsh
DirCLP0Thrsh
PortCnt
PortCLP0Thrsh
Initial state of FreeCnt
max. 256K - 1 cells
DirMaxThrsh
max. 256K -1 cells
PortMaxThrsh
max. 256K - 1 cells
ClassCnt
Per-Class
(4 per port)
ClassMaxThrsh
max. 256K - 1 cells
VcCnt = VcQCLP01Cnt + VcClassQCLP01Cnt
ClassCLP1Thrsh
ClassCLP0Thrsh
Per-VC
(aggregate
max. 1K VC)
VcCLP1Thrsh
VcCLP0Thrsh
VcMaxThrsh
max. 8K-1 cells
VcCLP0Cnt
Per-VC(CLP0)
VcCLP0MinThrsh
Each hierarchical level has three population zones, each with its own discard
rules:
1) Plenty of resources available, no discard
2) Some resources available, discard all cells with inbound CLP state = 1
3) Restricted resources available, discard all cells except cells that have
inbound CLP state = 0 and have not met their minimum allocation of
resources (VcCLP0MinThrsh).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
77
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
No equivalent per-Direction count and threshold for uP destined cells, since
there is only 1 uP port.
All counts represent the number of cells found at the hierarchical level, with the
exception of FreeCnt at the per-Device level. The FreeCnt count value
represents the number of free buffers remaining in the device. The initial value
of FreeCnt is defined by the user.
The congestion algorithm has three possible definitions for CLP:
1) cell CLP, the CLP found in each cell’s header;
2) BOM CLP, the CLP found in the frame BOM cell’s header;
3) OR CLP, the running OR of all received user cell’s CLPs since the BOM
of a frame. Non-user cells do not affect the state of the running OR CLP.
Depending on the VC configuration, anyone of these three definitions can be
used to increment a congestion count, or to select a threshold when comparing
to a count.
When the queue engine receives a cell, the congestion control will apply the
discard rules at each hierarchical level. Only when a cell has passed through
each hierarchical level without being discarded will it be permitted entry into the
queue.
Setting the Max threshold to zero on any given hierarchical level will effectively
disable congestion discards at that hierarchical level. Exception to this rule is the
VcMaxThrsh, which will always have the 8k-1 limit. The xxxCLP0Thrsh
thresholds must always be set greater than or equal to the xxxCLP1Thrsh
thresholds.
There are several error flags set whenever a non-zero maximum threshold is
exceeded. Table 9 correlates the interrupts and context record identification
parameters to the corresponding maximum threshold.
Table 9
- Congestion Error Flags
Threshold
Interrupt
Identification
VcMaxThrsh
QVcMaxThrshErr
VcMaxThrshErrID
(Maskable on per-VC
basis)
ClassMaxThrsh
QClassMaxThrshErr
ClassMaxThrshErrID
ClassMaxThrshErrPortID
PortMaxThrsh
QPortMaxThrshErr
PortMaxThrshErrID
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
78
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
DirMaxThrsh
QDirMaxThrshErr
Check WANCnt or LoopCnt
FreeCnt = 0
QFreeCntZeroErr
N/A
EFCI marking may be performed on cells as they are transmitted out of the
queue, based on the state of congestion at the time of transmission. Marking of
EFCI is per VC selectable to occur at either the CLP1 thresholds or the CLP0
thresholds. A cell will be marked if hierarchical count values exceed one of the
CLP1 thresholds (VcCLP1Thrsh, ClassCLP1Thrsh, PortCLP1Thrsh,
DirCLP1Thrsh) or one of the CLP0 thresholds (VcCLP0Thrsh, ClassCLP0Thrsh,
PortCLP0Thrsh, DirCLP0Thrsh), and the third bit of the PTI field in the cell is
zero (PTI = 0xx).
There are three unique congestion discard rules. The selection of the rule to be
applied is based on the cell type (user or non-user), the queuing mechanism,
and finally the congestion type. If it is a non-user cell, the congestion mode is
always cell discard. If shaping is not enabled for the destination port/class, the
discard rule is selected on a per-VC basis, and is a function of the queue
mechanism selected (VcQueue), as well as a per-VC congestion context
parameter (VcCongMode). If the port/class is shaped, only two of the three rules
is available, and is selectable on a per-VC basis. Table 10 below illustrates how
the congestion discard rule is selected.
Table 10
- Congestion Discard Rules Selection
Cell
Shaped
VcQueue
VcCongMode
Congestion Mode
User
No
0 (WFQ)
0
EPD/PPD discard
User
No
0 (WFQ)
1
Cell discard
User
No
1 (FCQ)
x
FCQ discard
User
Yes
x
0
EPD/PPD discard
User
Yes
x
1
Cell discard
Non-user
x
x
x
Cell discard
OAM cells that are redirected to the microprocessor are subject to cell discard
rules applied to the uP congestion counts at the per-port and per-class levels.
There is no congestion control at the VC level for these redirected OAM cells.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
79
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
10.9.4.1
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
EPD/PPD Discard
Figure 17
- EPD/PPD Congestion Discard Rules
When FreeCnt = 0
invoke EPD on BOM
invoke PPD on COM/EOM
Per-Device
Initial state of FreeCnt
invoke EPD on BOM
invoke PPD on COM/EOM
when DirCnt >= DirMaxThrsh
Per-Direction
DirCLP1Thrsh
DirCLP0Thrsh
DirMaxThrsh
invoke EPD on BOM
invoke PPD on COM/EOM
when PortCnt >= PortMaxThrsh
Per-Port
PortCLP1Thrsh
PortMaxThrsh
PortCLP0Thrsh
invoke EPD on BOM
invoke PPD on COM/EOM
when ClassCnt >= ClassMaxThrsh
Per-Class
ClassCLP1Thrsh
ClassCLP0Thrsh
ClassMaxThrsh
invoke EPD on BOM
invoke PPD on COM/EOM
when VcCnt >= VcMaxThrsh
Per-VC
VcCLP1Thrsh
VcCLP0Thrsh
VcMaxThrsh
No discard
Invoke EPD on CLP0, CLP1 frame when
xxCnt >= xxCLP0Thrsh
EXCEPT CLP0 frame having
VcCLP0Cnt < VcCLP0MinThrsh
Invoke EPD on CLP1 frame when
xxCnt >= xxCLP1Thrsh
Invoke EPD on CLP0, CLP1 frame when
VcCnt >= VcCLP0Thrsh
When EPD/PPD discard is selected, the discard mechanism uses the AAL5
EOM PTI field indicator to delineate frame boundaries
EPD discard is evaluated only when the BOM is received, and is based on the
BOM CLP state.
The VcCLP0Cnt increments when a received cell passes congestion and the
inbound CLP state is zero. The VcCLP0Cnt decrements when the outbound
CLP state is zero. The in/outbound CLP state is defined by the per-VC context
parameter, VcGFRMode. When VcGFRMode = 0, the in/outbound CLP is
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
80
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
defined by the receiving/transmitting cell CLP state, respectively. When
VcGFRMode = 1, the in/outbound CLP is defined by the receiving/transmitting
frame’s BOM CLP state, respectively.
If a PPD discard is invoked, the EOM will not be discarded unless one or more of
the hierarchical count values is greater than or equal to the Dir/Port/Class/Vc
MaxThrsh at the time the EOM is received. If the EOM is discarded, the
following frames will be discarded and the congestion status will remain in PPD
until an EOM is accepted. In the case when VcGFRMode = 1, the BOM CLP
state of the first frame will be used to define the CLP state of the following
discarded frames.
10.9.4.2
Cell Discard
Figure 18
- Cell Congestion Discard Rules
Discard cell when FreeCnt = 0
Per-Device
Initial state of FreeCnt
Discard cell when
DirCnt >= DirMaxThrsh
Per-Direction
DirCLP1Thrsh
DirCLP0Thrsh
DirMaxThrsh
Discard cell when
PortCnt >= PortMaxThrsh
Per-Port
PortCLP1Thrsh
PortMaxThrsh
PortCLP0Thrsh
Discard cell when
ClassCnt >= ClassMaxThrsh
Per-Class
ClassCLP1Thrsh
ClassCLP0Thrsh
ClassMaxThrsh
Discard cell when
VcCnt >= VcCLP0Thrsh
Per-VC
VcCLP1Thrsh
VcCLP0Thrsh
No discard
Discard CLP1 cell when
xxCnt >= xxCLP1Thrsh
Discard CLP0, CLP1 cell when
xxCnt >= xxCLP0Thrsh
EXCEPT CLP0 frame having
VcCLP0Cnt < VcCLP0MinThrsh
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
81
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
When in cell discard mode, the CLP state is defined by each cell, and the
decision to discard is evaluated upon receiving each cell. The minimum
resource counter VcCLP0Cnt increments/decrements based on the cell CLP
received/transmitted.
Non-user cells always have cell discard congestion rules applied, regardless of
the original VC’s congestion setting. Non-user cells do not have per-VC
congestion as the VcQCLP01Cnt is not active when a non-user cell is
encountered.
10.9.4.3
FCQ Discard
Figure 19
- FCQ Discard Rules
invoke frame discard when FreeCnt = 0
Per-Device
Initial state of FreeCnt
invoke frame discard when
DirCnt >= DirMaxThrsh
Per-Direction
DirCLP1Thrsh
DirCLP0Thrsh
DirMaxThrsh
invoke frame discard when
PortCnt >= PortMaxThrsh
Per-Port
PortCLP1Thrsh
PortCLP0Thrsh
PortMaxThrsh
invoke frame discard when
ClassCnt >= ClassMaxThrsh
Per-Class
ClassCLP1Thrsh
ClassCLP0Thrsh
ClassMaxThrsh
invoke frame discard when
VcCnt >= VcCLP0Thrsh
Per-VC
VcCLP1Thrsh
VcCLP0Thrsh
No discard
Invoke frame discard
on CLP1 frame when
xxCnt >= xxCLP1Thrsh
Invoke frame discard
on CLP0, CLP1 frame when
xxCnt >= xxCLP0Thrsh
EXCEPT CLP0 frame having
VcCLP0Cnt < VcCLP0MinThrsh
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
82
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
When FCQ discard is selected, the discard mechanism uses the AAL5 EOM PTI
field indicator to delineate frame boundaries.
Frame discard is evaluated after receiving each cell. The per-VC context
parameter, VcGFRMode, dictate how frame discard is evaluated. When
VcGFRMode = 0, frame discard is based on the OR CLP. When VcGFRMode =
1, frame discard is based on the BOM CLP.
The minimum resource counter is incremented/decremented after
receiving/transmitting a cell that has the BOM CLP = 0.
When frame discard is invoked, the minimum resource count value will be
reduced by the number of cells found in the VC queue if the BOM CLP = 0.
10.9.5 Statistics
There are two transmit counts, and three discard counts. All counts are 32-bits
wide. The sum of all counts equals the total number of cells received by the
S/UNI-APEX-1K800. Table 11 gives a summary of the statistical counts.
Table 11
- Statistical Counts
Count
Scope
Description
VcCLP0TxCnt
Per- VC
Per-VC count of all cells transmitted that had an
outbound CLP state of zero. OAM cells re-directed to
the uP will not be represented by this count.
VcCLP1TxCnt
Per- VC
Per-VC count of all cells transmitted that had an
outbound CLP state of one. OAM cells re-directed to the
uP will not be represented by this count.
CLP0DiscardCnt
Global
Global count of all inbound CLP0 cells discarded due to
congestion, re-assembly maximum length limit, or zero
length check.
There is an associated register that holds the last ICI
that caused this count to increment.
CLP1DiscardCnt
Global
Global count of all inbound CLP1 cells discarded due to
congestion, re-assembly maximum length limit, or zero
length check.
There is an associated register that holds the last ICI
that caused this count to increment.
DiscardCnt
Global
Global count of all discards that are not due to
congestion. These include cells discarded due reassembly time outs, cells received on VCs that were not
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
83
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Count
Scope
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
enabled, execution of a VC queue or a class queue tear
down.
The definition of the in/out bound CLP state is a function of the congestion
discard mode, and the per-VC parameter VcGFRMode. Table 12 illustrates the
definition of in/out bound CLP state.
Table 12
- In/out Bound CLP State For Statistical Counts
Congestion Mode
VcGFRMode
Inbound CLP
Outbound CLP
Cell Discard
X
Cell CLP
Cell CLP
EPD/PPD Discard
0
Cell CLP
Cell CLP
1
BOM CLP
Cell CLP
0
OR CLP
Cell CLP
1
BOM CLP
Cell CLP
FCQ Discard
The table below give a brief summary of the rules applied for discard, and CLP
definition for incrementing various counts as a function of the discard mode and
the specific cell encountered.
Table 13
- Congestion Rule & Count Summary
Condition Discard Mode
cell
EPD/PPD
VcGFRMode
x
x
Cell Type
x
pass redir user user pass redir user user
thru ect
thru ect
OAM OAM
OAM OAM
x
FCQ
0
1
x
x
0
1
Rules for when discard
cell
discard
decision is made
cell
cell
BOM BOM cell
cell
cell
cell
CLP def’n
cell
cell
cell
BOM BOM cell
cell
OR
BOM
cell
cell
n/a
cell
BOM cell
n/a
BOM BOM
cell
cell
cell
cell
cell
cell
cell
CLP
VcCLP0Cnt
definition
VcCLP0TxCnt
for various
or
counts
VcCLP1TxCnt
cell
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
84
cell
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Condition Discard Mode
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
cell
EPD/PPD
VcGFRMode
x
x
Cell Type
x
pass redir user user pass redir user user
thru ect
thru ect
OAM OAM
OAM OAM
CLP0DiscardCnt cell
or
CLP1DiscardCnt
cell
x
cell
FCQ
0
cell
1
x
BOM cell
x
cell
0
1
OR
BOM
One reads the table vertically. Take the last column. A user cell arrives in a
connection configured for FCQ, VcGFRMode = 1, will have
-its discard decision made on a cell by cell basis;
-the CLP is defined by the BOM for discard purposes;
-the minimum CLP0 count will be incremented based on the BOM, if the frame is
not discarded;
-either VcCLP0TxCnt or VcCLP1TxCnt will be incremented based on the CLP of
the cell, if the frame is not discarded;
--either CLP0DiscardCnt or CLP1DiscardCnt will be incremented based on the
CLP of the BOM, if the frame is discarded.
10.9.6 Microprocessor Queue Buffer Re-allocation/Tear Down
The microprocessor has the option of engaging one of two macros that provide a
fast mechanism to tear down either a VC queue or a Class queue for nonshaped port class. Specified and initiated through registers, the macro will go to
the specified queue, reclaim the buffers in the queue, and reset the appropriate
congestion counters. The number of cells that were in the queue are added to
the general discard count. The VC queue or Class queue remain enabled after
the re-allocation. Invoking of these functions may reduce general throughput of
the device.
10.10 Context Memory SSRAM Interface
The context memory SSRAM interface stores and retrieves context data from
one of two SSRAM devices: pipelined ZBT or register-to-register late write. Up to
4 banks and 4 SSRAM devices are supported, with 1M addressing capability for
a total of 4MB data capacity. 2 parity bits are provided to protect the 34-bit data
bus. If a parity error occurs, an interrupt is sent to the microprocessor.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
85
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
The clock source drawn in Figure 20 must all be skew aligned at between S/UNIAPEX-1K800, SDRAM & SSRAM clock input pins.
Figure 20
- 1 Bank Configuration for 1MB of ZBT SSRAM
clock source
to SDRAM
SYSCLK
Addr/Ctrl
CMD[16:0]
CMP[0]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CMRWB
CMCEB
CMA[17:0]
CLK
CE2#
CE2
Addr/Ctrl
CMD[33:17]
CMP[1]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CLK
CE2#
CE2
0
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
86
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Figure 21
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- 1 Bank of 1MB of Late Write SSRAM (2 x 256k*18)
clock source
to SDRAM
SYSCLK
Addr/Ctrl
CMD[16:0]
CMP[0]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CMRWB
CMA[17:0]
CLK
SS#
Addr/Ctrl
CMD[33:17]
CMP[1]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CLK
SS#
CMCEB
Figure 22
- 1 Bank of 1MB of Late Write SSRAM (1 x 256k*36)
clock
SYSCLK
CMRWB
CMA[17:0]
to SDRAM
Addr/Ctrl
256Kx36
CMD[35:0]
CMP[1:0]
CMCEB
Data[35:0]
CLK
SS#
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
87
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 23
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- 2 Bank Configuration for 2MB of ZBT SSRAM
clock source
to SDRAM
SYSCLK
CMD[16:0]
CMP[0]
Addr/Ctrl
Addr/Ctrl
Data[17:0]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CMRWB
CMCEB
CMA[17:0]
CMD[33:17]
CMP[1]
256Kx18
CLK
CE2#
CE2
CLK
CE2#
CE2
Addr/Ctrl
Addr/Ctrl
Data[17:0]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
256Kx18
CLK
CE2#
CE2
CLK
CE2#
CE2
1
0
CMA[18]
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
88
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 24
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- 2 Bank Configuration for 2MB of Late Write SSRAM
clock source
to SDRAM
SYSCLK
CMD[16:0]
CMP[0]
Addr/Ctrl
Addr/Ctrl
Data[17:0]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CMRWB
CMA[18:1]
CMD[33:17]
CMP[1]
CLK
SS#
CLK
SS#
Addr/Ctrl
Addr/Ctrl
Data[17:0]
Data[17:0]
256Kx18
CMA[0]
CMCEB
nc
256Kx18
CLK
SS#
256Kx18
CLK
SS#
CMAB[17]
CMAB[18]
There are two processes, arbitrated by the SSRAM arbiter, that access the
context SSRAM:
1. The queue engine, for reading and writing context information, and for
executing the re-assembly watchdog, described in the AAL5 Re-assemble
Queuing section;
2. The microprocessor interface, for reading or writing context information,
including the option of mask writes. See the Memory Port section for a
description of the SSRAM access via the Microprocessor Interface.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
89
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
10.11 Cell Buffer SDRAM Interface
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 uses the external SDRAM to buffer queued cells. The
cell buffer SDRAM interface permits up to 2 devices in parallel, with 4M
addressing capability for a total of 16 MB of storage, sufficient for up to 256k
cells. It has a 32-bit wide data bus, with CRC-16 checking applied on a per-cell
basis. Each cell takes up 64 bytes of memory. The CRC-16 is applied to the first
60 bytes. If an error occurs, an interrupt is sent to the microprocessor.
The following diagram shows the cell storage map with the 64-byte memory
boundary.
- Cell Storage Map
Word #
Figure 25
31
16 15
0
Bit #
Reserved (0)
xx_addr[17:0] + 0
1
Header1
Header2
Header3
Header4
2
Payload1
Payload2
Payload3
Payload4
3
Payload5
Payload6
Payload7
Payload8
...
...
13
Payload45 Payload46 Payload47 Payload48
14
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
15
31
24 23
CRC-16
16 15
8
7
0
The clock source drawn in Figure 26 must all be skew aligned at between S/UNIAPEX-1K800, SDRAM & SSRAMs clock input pins.
The following diagrams illustrate the various configurations supported:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
90
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Figure 26
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- 4 MB – 64k Cells
clock source
to SSRAM
SYSCLK
1
CBCSB
CBRASB
CBCASB
CBWEB
CBBS[0]
CBA[10:0]
CKE
CLK
Addr/Ctrl
2 x 2k x 256 x 16
CBDQM[0]
CBDQ[15:0]
DQM[1:0]
DQ[15:0]
1
CKE
CLK
Addr/Ctrl
2 x 2k x 256 x 16
CBDQM[1]
CBDQ[31:16]
Figure 27
DQM[1:0]
DQ[15:0]
- 8 MB – 128k Cells
clock source
to SSRAM
SYSCLK
CBCSB
CBRASB
CBCASB
CBWEB
CBBS[1:0]
CBA[10:0]
CBDQM[1:0]
CBDQ[31:0]
1
CKE
CLK
Addr/Ctrl
4 x 2k x 256 x 32
DQM[3:0]
DQ[31:0]
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
91
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Figure 28
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- 16 MB – 256k Cells
clock source
to SSRAM
SYSCLK
CBCSB
CBRASB
CBCASB
CBWEB
CBBS[1:0]
CBA[11:0]
1
CKE
CLK
Addr/Ctrl
4 x 4k x 256 x 16
DQM[1:0]
DQ[15:0]
CBDQM[0]
CBDQ[15:0]
1
CKE
CLK
Addr/Ctrl
4 x 4k x 256 x 16
CBDQM[1]
CBDQ[31:16]
DQM[1:0]
DQ[15:0]
There are three processes, arbitrated by the SDRAM arbiter, that access the cell
buffer SDRAM:
1. The queue engine, for reading and writing cells. The granularity of access by
the queue engine is a concatenated 1 cell write - 1 cell read. Either the write
or the read may not be performed, depending on the queue engine’s
requirements;
2. The microprocessor interface, for diagnostic reading or writing of 64 bytes of
data. This data is aligned with the cell data. See the Operations section for a
description of the data format;
3. The refresh controller, which has a programmable refresh rate.
The SDRAM interface will perform the initialization sequence for the SDRAM.
This sequence is triggered by the SDRAM enable bit CBEn. The sequence will
program the SDRAM with a CAS latency of 3, sequential access, write burst
mode, and a burst length of 8. Application should ensure that sufficient time is
provided between SDRAM power-up and when this enable bit is set.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
92
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
The SDRAM interface, under the direction of the queue engine, performs the
header remapping function as the cell is read from SDRAM. It also attaches the
cell prepends including the Switch Tag, ECI/ICI and Any PHY address prepend.
10.12 JTAG Test Access Port
The JTAG Test Access Port block provides JTAG support for boundary scan.
The standard JTAG EXTEST, SAMPLE, BYPASS, IDCODE and STCTEST
instructions are supported. The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 identification code is
073260CD hexadecimal.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
93
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
11
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
PERFORMANCE
11.1 Throughput
The maximum throughput is governed at 3 potential bottlenecks:
- Receive interface configuration.
- Queue engine mode (shaper on or off).
- Transmit interface configuration.
The lowest throughput of the 3 bottlenecks will dictate the overall throughput for
a given cell datapath.
General assumptions:
SYSCLK = 80MHz
no watch dog recovery in progress
SDRAM refresh set to slowest rate
BCLK = 66MHz
no setup/tear downs/context memory access in progress
Any-PHY clocks = 52MHz
16 bit interface for non uP receive and transmit interface
ICI in HEC/UDF field for non uP receive interface
ECI and Switch Tag disabled for non uP transmit interface
Table 14
- Receive Interface Throughput, Mcells/sec
Port/Configuration
Loop
WAN
uP
Assumptions
Any-PHY Master
1.67
1.67
n/a
address polling range optimized,
n external port slaves, n >= 1,
equal traffic
UTOPIA L2 Master
1.44
1.44
n/a
address polling range set to 2,
1 external port slave
1.74
1.74
n/a
address polling range optimized,
n external port slaves, n >= 2,
equal traffic
UTOPIA L1 Master
1.74
1.74
n/a
none
UTOPIA L2 Slave
1.74
1.74
n/a
none
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
94
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Port/Configuration
Loop
WAN
uP
Assumptions
uP full cell insertion
n/a
n/a
1.1
SarRxData0->13 written
uP partial cell (multi-cast)
n/a
n/a
1.74
SarRxData0, 13 written
Table 15
- Queue Engine Throughput, Mcells/sec
Configuration
Assumptions
Shaper disabled
1.74*
none
Shaper enabled
1.42
none
* Throughput drops down to 1.63 Mcells/sec if only a single WAN port is
transmitting and no cells are being received by either the loop, WAN or uP Rx
interfaces.
Table 16
- Transmit Interface Throughput, Mcells/sec
Port/Configuration
Loop
WAN
uP
Assumptions
Any-PHY Master
0.56*
n/a
n/a
limit 1 cell/port in FIFO,
1 external port slave
1.11*
n/a
n/a
limit 2 cell/port in FIFO,
1 external port slave
1.0*
n/a
n/a
limit 1 cell/port in FIFO,
2 external port slave
1.6*
n/a
n/a
limit 2 cell/port in FIFO,
2 external port slave
n/a
1.74
n/a
1 external port slave
n/a
1.68
n/a
2 external port slave, equal
traffic
0.61
n/a
n/a
limit 1 cell/port in FIFO,
1 external port slave
1.25
n/a
n/a
limit 2 cell/port in FIFO,
1 external port slave
1.1
n/a
n/a
limit 1 cell/port in FIFO,
2 external port slave
1.6
n/a
n/a
limit 2 cell/port in FIFO,
2 external port slave
UTOPIA L2 Master
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
95
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Port/Configuration
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Loop
WAN
uP
Assumptions
n/a
1.44
n/a
1 external port slave
n/a
1.68
n/a
2 external port slave, equal
traffic
UTOPIA L1 Master
1.67
1.74
n/a
none
UTOPIA L2 Slave
1.67
1.74
n/a
none
uP full cell extraction
n/a
n/a
1.61
none
* Throughput reduced when shaper is enabled. Guarantee minimum 0.4
Mcells/sec per loop port when there are 3 or less active loop ports.
11.2 Latency
The latency that a cell assumes an empty queue, SYSCLK = 80MHz, Any-PHY
clocks = 52MHz, measure from SOP of the Any-PHY WAN/Loop receive
interface to the SOP Any-PHY WAN transmit interface
Minimum Latency = 2340ns.
11.3 CDV
There are many points in the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 where CDV can be introduced.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
96
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
12
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
REGISTER
Please use the List of Registers as a reference for the register map.
Notes on Register Bits:
1. Writing values into unused register bits has no effect. However, to ensure
software compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product,
unused register bits must be written with logic zero. Reading back unused
bits can produce either a logic one or a logic zero; hence, unused register bits
should be masked off by software when read.
2. Writable normal mode register bits are cleared to logic zero upon reset unless
otherwise noted.
3. Writing into read-only normal mode register bit locations does not affect
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 operation unless otherwise noted.
4. Certain register bits are reserved. These bits are associated with megacell
functions that are unused in this application. To ensure that the S/UNI-APEX1K800 operates as intended, reserved register bits must be written with their
default value as indicated by the register bit description.
5. S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is addressable on a long-word basis only. Data fields
are loaded into S/UNI-APEX-1K800 registers as described in each specific
register section. S/UNI-APEX-1K800 does not perform any byte swapping.
6. With the exception of the CBI register port, part of the RAMBIST, and the
Reset and Identity register, all registers are inaccessible until the software
reset bit in the Reset and Identity register is removed.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
97
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
12.1 General Configuration and Status
Register 0x00: Reset and Identity
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
R/W
Reset
1
6:4
R
Type[2:0]
001
3:0
R
ID[3:0]
0
31:8
7
ID[3:0]
The ID bits can be read to provide a binary number indicating the S/UNIAPEX-1K800 feature version. These bits are incremented only if features are
added in a revision of the chip.
Type[2:0]
The TYPE bits can be read to distinguish the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 from the
other members of the DSLAM family of devices.
Reset
The RESET bit allows the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 to be reset under software
control. If the RESET bit is a logic one, the entire S/UNI-APEX-1K800
except for the microprocessor interface is held in reset. This bit is not selfclearing. Therefore, a logic zero must be written to bring the S/UNI-APEX1K800 out of reset. Holding the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 in a reset state places it
into a low power, stand-by mode. A hardware reset sets the RESET bit, thus
negating the software reset.
Notes:
1) Software should ensure that the DllRun in the CBI register port reads back
a 1 before releasing the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 from reset.
2) Software should wait 2 clock periods of the slowest clock (WTCLK,
WRCLK, LTCLK, LRCLK, SYSCLK) before attempting to write to any other
register. Exception to this rule is the CBI register port.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
98
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x10: Hi Priority Interrupt Status Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R/W
Reserved
0
30:15
Unused
14
R/W
WTCellXfErr
0
13
R/W
WRRuntCellErr
0
12
R/W
WRParErr
0
Unused
0
11
10
R/W
LTCellXfErr
0
9
R/W
LRRuntCellErr
0
8
R/W
LRParErr
0
Unused
0
QFreeCntZeroEr
r
0
Unused
0
7:5
4
R/W
3:2
1
R/W
SSRAMParErr
0
0
R/W
SDRAMCrcErr
0
Each bit in the register is masked with the high priority interrupt mask register.
The results are then NOR’d together to produce the state of INTHIB pin. All bits
are cleared when this register is read. All may be set to one by the
microprocessor for interrupt testing. Note that if the interrupt condition persists,
the associated status bit will be reasserted.
SDRAMCrcErr
This bit goes high when a CRC-16 error was detected during a transaction on
the SDRAM interface.
SSRAMParErr
This bit goes high when a parity error was detected during a transaction on
the SSRAM interface.
QFreeCntZeroErr
This bit goes high when the entire device is completely congested, and that
there is no more memory left to accept one more cell.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
99
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LRParErr
Loop receive parity error detected.
LRRuntCellErr
Loop receive runt cell error detected. A SOP is detected prior to receiving
enough bytes for a cell.
LTCellXfErr
Loop transmit cell transfer error was encountered. This interrupt status is
asserted when an external master device selects the Loop transmit interface
for a cell transfer when the FIFO is empty.
WRParErr
WAN receive parity error detected.
WRRuntCellErr
WAN receive runt cell error detected. A SOP is detected prior to receiving
enough bytes for a cell.
WTCellXfErr
WAN transmit cell transfer error was encountered. This interrupt status is
asserted when an external master device selects the WAN transmit interface
for a cell transfer when the FIFO is empty.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
100
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x14: High Priority Interrupt Mask
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:0
R/W
Mask[31:0]
FFFFFFFF
Mask[31:0]
These bits mask the High Priority Interrupt Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
101
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x18: Low Priority Interrupt Error Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R/W
Reserved
0
30
R/W
QShp3IctrErr
0
29
R/W
Reserved
0
28
R/W
QShp2IctrErr
0
27
R/W
Reserved
0
26
R/W
QShp1IctrErr
0
25
R/W
Reserved
0
24
R/W
QShp0IctrErr
0
23
R/W
QDirMaxThrshErr
0
22
R/W
QPortMaxThrshErr
0
21
R/W
QClassMaxThrshErr
0
20
R/W
QVcMaxThrshErr
0
Unused
0
19
18
R/W
QCellRxErr
0
17
R/W
QVcReasLenErr
0
16
R/W
QVcReasTimeErr
0
Unused
0
15:0
Each bit in the register is masked with the low priority interrupt mask register.
The results are then NOR’d together with the other low priority interrupt register
to produce the state of INTLOB pin. All parameters are cleared when this
register is read. All parameters may be set to one by the microprocessor for
interrupt testing.
QVcReasTimeErr
Watch Dog found a re-assembled VC that timed out. The Misc Error Context
Structure VcReasLenErrICI parameter has been updated to indicate the ICI
of the frame that encountered this error. All cells in the re-assembly queue
have been re-allocated. The next cell to arrive will be considered the BOM.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
102
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
QVcReasLenErr
Maximum length in the re-assembly queue has been encountered. The Misc
Error Context Structure VcReasLenErrICI parameter has been updated to
indicate the ICI of the frame that encountered this error. All cells in the reassembly queue have been re-allocated. PPD has been invoked on the VC.
QCellRxErr
Status bit indicating that a cell was received on a VC that was not enabled.
Caused when either VcEn, ClassEn or PortEn are not set in the context
record. The Misc Error Context Structure CellRxErrICI parameter has been
updated to indicate the ICI of the cell that encountered this error.
QVcMaxThrshErr
Status bit indicating that a VC has reached the VC maximum threshold of
VcMaxThrsh. The Maximum Congestion ID Misc Context Structure
VcMaxThrshErrICI parameter has been updated to indicate the ICI of the cell
that encountered this error.
QClassMaxThrshErr
Status bit indicating that a class queue has reached the class maximum
threshold ClassMaxThrsh. The Maximum Congestion ID Misc Context
ClassMaxThrshErrID & ClassMaxThrshErrPortID parameters have been
updated to indicate the Port and class of the cell that encountered this error.
QPortMaxThrshErr
Status bit indicating that a port queue has reached the port maximum
threshold PortMaxThrsh. The Maximum Congestion ID Misc Context
Structure PortMaxThrsh parameter has been updated to indicate the PortID
of the cell that encountered this error.
QDirMaxThrshErr
Status bit indicating that the per-direction maximum congestion threshold has
be encountered. Check LoopCnt and WANCnt in the Overall Count Misc
Context to determine whether it was the loop or the WAN ports that reached
this threshold.
QShpNIctrErr, N = 0..3
Status bit indicating that the ingress counter has saturated.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
103
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x1C: Low Priority Interrupt Error Mask
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:0
R/W
Mask[31:0]
FFFFFFFF
Mask[31:0]
These bits mask the Low Priority Interrupt Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
104
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x20: Low Priority Interrupt Status Register
Bit
Type
31:7
Function
Default
Unused
0
6
R
MPIdleStatus
1
5
R
SarRxEmptyStatus
1
4
R
SarRxRdyStatus
1
3:0
R
SarTxRdyStatus[3:0]
0
Each bit in the register is masked with the low priority interrupt status mask
register. The results are then NOR’d together with the other low priority interrupt
register to produce the state of INTLOB pin.
SarTxRdyStatus[3:0]
Status bit indicating that one of four SAR read buffers contains a least one
cell for reading. Warning: Software should not attempt to read this status or
clear the associated interrupt mask immediately after extracting a cell from
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800. There is a latency of 3 BCLKs + 2 SYSCLKs
between the last word of a cell read out and this signal going inactive.
Removing the mask prematurely may generate an unintentional interrupt.
SarRxRdyStatus
Status bit indicating that SAR receive buffer is ready to accept the next cell.
SarRxEmptyStatus
Status bit indicating that SAR receive buffer is empty. Typically used for
diagnostic writes.
Warning: Software should not attempt to read this status or clear the
associated interrupt mask immediately after injecting a cell into the S/UNIAPEX-1K800. There is a latency of 5 SYSCLKs between the last word of a
cell written out and this signal going inactive. Removing the mask
prematurely will generate an unintentional interrupt.
MPIdleStatus
Status bit indicating the memory port is idle and ready to accept a new
command. This signal is the inverse of MPBusy found in the Memory Port
Control Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
105
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x24: Low Priority Interrupt Status Mask
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:0
R/W
Mask[31:0]
FFFFFFFF
Mask[31:0]
These bits mask the Low Priority Interrupt Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
106
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
12.2 Loop Cell Interface
Register 0x100: Loop Cell Rx Interface Configuration
Bit
Type
31:18
17:16
R/W
15:13
Function
Default
Unused
0
LoopRxICISel[1:0]
0
Unused
0
12:8
R/W
LoopRxPollAddr[4:0]
0
7
R/W
LoopRxParPolarity
0
6
R/W
LoopRx8bitEn
0
5
R/W
LoopRxHecDis
0
Unused
0
4
3
R/W
LoopRxICIPreEn
1
2:1
R/W
LoopRxMode[1:0]
0
0
R/W
LoopRxEn
0
All parameters in this register should only be set once at the same time the
interface is enabled. Once the interface is set, none of these parameters may be
changed.
LoopRxEn
The LoopRxEn enables the loop receive interface. When set to one, the loop
receive Any-PHY interface operates normally. Once set, this bit should not be
reset to zero.
LoopRxMode[1:0]
Selects the receive interface mode
LoopRxMode[1:0]
Operation
00
UTOPIA L2 master, supports 32 PHYs
01
UTOPIA L1 master, supports 1 PHY
10
Any-PHY master mode inband port notification via the
address prepend. Supports 32 PHYs.
11
UTOPIA L2 slave
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
107
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LoopRxICIPreEn:
When set to one, the default, an ICI prepend (Word 1 in Figure 4, Byte 1&2 in
Figure 5) is expected on this interface. When reset to zero an ICI prepend is
not expected on this interface. When in 8 bit mode, this bit must be set to 1.
LoopRxHecDis
When reset to zero, the HEC/UDF field (Word 4 in Figure 4, Byte 7 in Figure
5) is expected on this interface. When set to a one an HEC/UDF field is not
expected on this interface.
LoopRx8bitEn
When reset to zero, this bit sets the interface bus width to 16 bits. When set
to one, this bit sets the interface bus width to 8 bit.
LoopRxParPolarity
When reset to zero, the loop receive parity is odd. When set to one, the loop
receive parity is even.
LoopRxPollAddr[4:0]
In UTOPIA L2 slave mode: The five bit UTOPIA Address to which the slave
will respond.
In Any-PHY and UTOPIA L2 master mode: These bits represents the polling
address range.
LoopRxPollAddr[4:0]
0-2
Polling range
Not valid
3
Address 3->0
…
…
31
Address 31->0
In UTOPIA L1 master mode: These bits are reserved.
LoopRxICISel[1:0]
Indicates which part of the incoming cell, the internal ICI is selected from:
LoopICISel[1:0]
Source
00
User Prepend (Note: LoopRxICIPreEn must be set).
01
VPI/VCI fields:
If the VPI < “FFF” then
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
108
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
ICI = “0” & VPI; -- This connection is a VPC
connection.,
-- VPI cannot be set to a value
larger than "3FF"
else
ICI = "0" & VCI; -- This connection is a VCC
connection.
-- VCI cannot be set to a value
larger than "3FF"
end if;
10
HEC/UDF fields (Note: Both LoopRxHecDis and
LoopRx8bitEn must be clear, and not valid for 8-bit
mode).
11
Unused
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
109
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x104: Loop Cell Tx Interface Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R
LoopTxPfFullStatus
0
Unused
0
LoopTxPfThres
0
Unused
0
30:29
28:24
R/W
23:22
21
R/W
LoopTxTwoCellEn
0
20
R/W
LoopTxSchEn
0
Unused
0
19:13
12:8
R/W
LoopTxSlaveAddr[4:0]
0
7
R/W
LoopTxParPolarity
0
6
R/W
LoopTx8bitEn
0
5
R/W
LoopTxHecDis
0
4
R/W
LoopTxSwitchPreEn
0
3
R/W
LoopTxECIPreEn
1
2:1
R/W
LoopTxMode[1:0]
0
0
R/W
LoopTxEn
0
All parameters in this register should only be set once at the same time the
interface is enabled. Once the interface is set, none of these parameters may be
changed.
LoopTxEn
The LoopTxEn enables the loop transmit interface. When set to one, the
loop transmit Any-PHY interface operates normally. Once set, this bit should
not be reset to zero.
LoopTxMode[1:0]
Selects the transmit interface mode.
LoopTxMode[1:0]
Operation
00
UTOPIA L2 master mode, supports 32 PHYs
01
UTOPIA L1 master mode, supports 1 PHY
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
110
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
LoopTxMode[1:0]
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Operation
10
Any-PHY master mode inband port selection, via the
address prepend. Supports 128 PHYs.
11
UTOPIA L2 slave
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
111
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LoopTxECIPreEn:
When reset to zero, a ECI prepend (Word 2 in Figure 6, Byte 3&4 in Figure 7)
is not present on this interface. When set to one a ECI prepend is present on
this interface.
LoopTxSwitchPreEn
When reset to zero, a switch tag prepend (Word 1 in Figure 6, Byte 1&2 in
Figure 7) is not present for this interface. When set to a one a switch tag is
present for this interface.
LoopTxHecDis
When reset to zero, the ECI is generated on the HEC/UDF field (Word 5 in
Figure 6, Byte 9 in Figure 7) in this interface. When set to a one an HEC/UDF
field is not generated on this interface.
LoopTx8bitEn
When reset to zero, this bit sets the interface bus width to 16 bits. When set
to one, this bit sets the interface bus width to 8 bit.
LoopTxParPolarity
When reset to zero, the loop transmit parity is odd. When set to one, the
loop transmit parity is even.
LoopTxSlaveAddr[4:0]
The five bit UTOPIA Address to which the slave will respond. Used only
when the loop Tx interface is configured for UTOPIA L2 slave.
LoopTxSchEn
The LoopTxSchEn enables the loop port scheduler for normal operation. The
LoopTxSchEn enable should be set to a ‘1’ for normal operation after the
initialization of the loop’s class not empty context memory.
LoopTxTwoCellEn
When set to 0, the loop port scheduler will allow a maximum one cell per port
in the transmit pipeline for each LTPA. When set to 1, the loop port scheduler
will allow a maximum of two cells per port in the transmit pipeline for each
LTPA.
LoopTxPfThres[4:0]
Controls the depth of the poll request FIFO, offset by 1. A value of 0
represents poll depth of 1. Recommended value is 0x1f.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
112
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LoopTxPfFullStatus
Read only bit. When read high, it indicates that the polling FIFO has reached
the LoopTxPfThres value. Reading this bit will reset the value to zero. Used
for diagnostics.
12.3 WAN Cell Interface
Register 0x200: WAN Cell Rx Interface Configuration
Bit
Type
31:18
17:16
R/W
15:13
Function
Default
Unused
0
WANRxICISel[1:0]
0
Unused
0
12:10
R/W
Reserved
0
9:8
R/W
WANRxPollAddr[1:0]
0
7
R/W
WANRxParPolarity
0
6
R/W
WANRx8bitEn
0
5
R/W
WANRxHecDis
0
Unused
0
4
3
R/W
WANRxICIPreEn
1
2:1
R/W
WANRxMode[1:0]
0
0
R/W
WANRxEn
0
All parameters in this register should only be set once at the same time the
interface is enabled. Once the interface is set, none of these parameters may be
changed.
WANRxEn
The WANRxEn enables the WAN receive interface. When set to one, the
WAN receive Any-PHY interface operates normally. Once set, this bit should
not be reset to zero.
WANRxMode[1:0]
Controls the port selection mode.
WANRxMode[1:0]
00
Operation
UTOPIA L2 master, supports 4 PHYs
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
113
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
WANRxMode[1:0]
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Operation
01
UTOPIA L1 master, supports 1 PHY
10
Any-PHY master mode inband port notification via the
address prepend. Supports 4 PHYs.
11
UTOPIA L2 slave
WANRxICIPreEn
When set to one, the default, an ICI prepend (Word 1 in Figure 4, Byte 1&2 in
Figure 5) is expected on this interface. When reset to zero an ICI prepend is
not expected on this interface. When in 8-bit mode, this bit must be set to 1.
WANRxHecDis
When reset to zero, the HEC/UDF field (Word 4 in Figure 4, Byte 7 in Figure
5) is expected on this interface. When set to a one an HEC/UDF field is not
expected on this interface.
WANRx8bitEn
When reset to zero, this bit sets the interface bus width to 16 bits. When set
to one, this bit sets the interface bus width to 8 bit.
WANRxParPolarity
When reset to zero, the WAN receive parity is odd. When set to one, the
WAN receive parity is even.
WANRxPollAddr[1:0]
In UTOPIA L2 slave mode: The two bit UTOPIA Address to which the slave
will respond.
In Any-PHY and UTOPIA L2 master mode: These bits represents the polling
address range.
WANRxPollAddr[1:0]
0-2
Polling range
Not valid
3
Address 3->0
In UTOPIA L1 master mode: These bits are reserved.
WANRxICISel[1:0]
Indicates which part of the incoming cell, the internal ICI is selected from:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
114
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
WANRxICISel[1:0]
00
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Source
User Prepend (Note: WANRxICIPreEn must be set).
01
If the VPI < “FFF” then
ICI = “0” & VPI; -- This
connection is a VPC connection.,
-- VPI cannot
be set to a value larger then "3FF"
else
ICI = "0" & VCI; -- This
connection is a VCC connection.
-- VCI cannot
be set to a value larger then "3FF"
end if;
10
HEC/UDF fields (Note: Both WANRxHecDis and
WANRx8bitEn must be clear, and not valid for 8-bit
mode).
11
Unused
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
115
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x204: WAN Cell Tx Interface Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:30
R/W
WANTx3PortID[1:0]
3
29:28
R/W
WANTx2PortID[1:0]
2
27:26
R/W
WANTx1PortID[1:0]
1
25:24
R/W
WANTx0PortID[1:0]
0
Unused
0
WANTxSchEn
0
Unused
0
23:21
20
R/W
19:10
9:8
R/W
WANTxSlaveAddr[1:0]
0
7
R/W
WANTxParPolarity
0
6
R/W
WANTx8bitEn
0
5
R/W
WANTxHecDis
0
4
R/W
WANTxSwitchPreEn
0
3
R/W
WANTxECIPreEn
1
2:1
R/W
WANTxMode[1:0]
0
0
R/W
WANTxEn
0
All parameters in this register should only be set once at the same time the
interface is enabled. With the exception of the WANTxXPortID and
WANTxSlaveAddr bits, once the interface is set, none of these parameters may
be changed.
WANTxEn
The WANTxEn enables the WAN transmit interface. When set to one, the
WAN transmit Any-PHY interface operates normally. Once set, this bit should
not be reset to zero.
WANTxMode[1:0]
Controls the port selection mode.
WANTxMode[1:0]
Operation
00
UTOPIA L2 master, supports 4 PHYs
01
UTOPIA L1 master , supports 1 PHY
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
116
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
WANTxMode[1:0]
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Operation
10
Any-PHY master mode inband port notification via the
address prepend. Supports 4 PHYs.
11
UTOPIA L2 slave
WANTxECIPreEn
When reset to zero, an ECI prepend (Word 2 in Figure 6, Byte 3&4 in Figure
7)is not generated on this interface. When set to one an ECI prepend is
generated on this interface.
WANTxSwitchPreEn
When reset to zero, a switch tag prepend (Word 1 in Figure 6, Byte 1&2 in
Figure 7) is not generated for this interface. When set to a one a switch tag
prepend is generated for this interface.
WANTxHecDis
When reset to zero, the ECI is generated on the HEC/UDF field (Word 5 in
Figure 6, Byte 9 in Figure 7) in this interface. When set to a one an HEC/UDF
field is not generated on this interface.
WANTx8bitEn
When reset to zero, this bit sets the interface bus width to 16 bits. When set
to one, this bit sets the interface bus width to 8 bit.
WANTxParPolarity
When reset to zero, the WAN transmit parity is odd. When set to one, the
WAN transmit parity is even.
WANTxSlaveAddr[1:0]
In UTOPIA L2 slave mode : The two bit UTOPIA address to which the slave
will respond.
In UTOPIA L1 master mode: The two bit UTOPIA address that is presented
during the address selection phase. Permits an external UTOPIA L2 slave to
be connected when interface is in UTOPIA L1 master mode.
WANTxSchEn
The WANTxSchEn enables the WAN port scheduler for normal operation.
The WANTxSchEn enable should be set to a ‘1’ for normal operation after the
initialization of the WAN’s class not empty context memory.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
117
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
WANTxXPortID[1:0], X = 0..3 representing channel #.
The value in these register are the alias mapping of the internal WAN PortID
to the physical port ID as presented by the Any-PHY/UTOPIA master mode
interface. By default, the internal matches the external port IDs.
In slave mode, the WAN port scheduler only operates on Port 0; therefore,
the following relationship must always be true:
WANTx0PortID = WANTxSlaveAddr
Warning: the values programmed into these four registers must always be
unique. Two or more internally active PortID must never point to the same
active physical port ID.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
118
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
12.4 Memory Port
See section on Memory Port Mapping for specific context parameter definitions.
Register 0x300: Memory Port Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R/W
MPBusy
0
30:29
R/W
MPCommand[1:0]
0
28
Unused
27:24
R/W
MPLWordEn[3:0]
0
23:22
R/W
MPMemSelect[1:0]
0
Unused
0
MPQuadAddr[17:0]
0
21:18
17:0
R/W
Writes to this register will place the microprocessor interface in wait state until
the MPBusy bit in the control register is clear.
MPQuadAddr[17:0]
Indicates the beginning quad long word address for the operation in memory.
Up to 4 megabytes of memory is supported in each aperture by this address
(or 256k 16-byte regions).
MPMemSelect[1:0]
Selects the memory aperture. The aperture is chosen according to the
following table.
MPMemSelect[1:0]
Aperture Selected
00
External Queue Context
01
Internal Queue Context
10
Internal WAN Port Context
11
Internal Loop Port Scheduler Context
MPLWordEn[3:0]
Indicates which long words of data will be written to or read from memory.
This register is used to resolve the quad long word address MPQuadAddr
down to long word resolution.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
119
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
For masked writes, only one bit should be set, identifying the long word
address. If more than one bit in this parameter is set then the least
significant active bit will be used to indicate the long word address to be
modified.
For normal read/write access, the number of active bits permitted is
unrestricted with the exception of the internal WAN port scheduler context
memory map and internal loop port scheduler context memory map. These 2
memory maps are restricted to having only 1 active bit per access.
MPCommand[1:0]
Selects the type of access. If a masked write is indicated, a 34-bit mask will
be used to determine which bits within one long word will be written.
MPCommand[1:0]
Command Selected
00
Reserved
01
Write
10
Read
11
Masked Write
MPBusy
When set to a one by the microprocessor, the command will be executed.
When the command is complete, this bit will be cleared to zero. This signal is
the inverse of MPIdleStatus found in the Interrupt Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
120
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x340-0x34C: Memory Write Data (Burstable)
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:0
R/W
MPWrDataN[31:0],
N = 0..3
0
Writes to this register will be delayed until the MPBusy bit in the control register
is clear.
MPWrDataN[31:0], N = 0..3
The least significant 32 bits of write data to be directed to the address and
aperture as specified in the memory port control register.
For normal write operations, MPWrDataN corresponds to MPLWordEn[N].
For masked writes, MPWrData0 contains the data, MPWrData1 contains the
mask bits: only bits set to a one in this vector will be overwritten with
MPWrData0 in memory.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
121
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x350: Memory Write Data Overflow (Burstable)
Bit
Type
31:8
Function
Default
Unused
0
7:6
R/W
MPWrData3[33:32]
0
5:4
R/W
MPWrData2[33:32]
0
3:2
R/W
MPWrData1[33:32
0
1:0
R/W
MPWrData0[33:32]
0
Writes to this register will be delayed until the MPBusy bit in the control register
is clear. This register is only used for writes to the external queue context.
MPWrData0[33:32]
The most significant 2 bits of MPWrData0. See Memory Write Data array for
a more detailed description.
MPWrData1[33:32]
The most significant 2 bits of MPWrData1. See Memory Write Data array for
a more detailed description.
MPWrData2[33:32]
The most significant 2 bits of MPWrData2. See Memory Write Data array for
a more detailed description.
MPWrData3[33:32]
The most significant 2 bits of MPWrData3. See Memory Write Data array for
a more detailed description.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
122
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x380-0x38C: Memory Read Data (Burstable)
Bit
31:0
Type
Function
Default
R
MPRdDataN[31:0]
, N = 0..3
0
Reads from this register will be delayed until the MPBusy bit in the control
register is clear.
MPRdDataN[31:0], N = 0..3
The least significant 32 bits of read data from the address and aperture as
specified in the memory port control register. MPRdDataN corresponds to
MPLWordEn[N].
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
123
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x390: Memory Read Data Overflow (Burstable)
Bit
Type
31:8
Function
Default
Unused
0
7:6
R
MPRdData3[33:32]
0
5:4
R
MPRdData2[33:32]
0
3:2
R
MPRdData1[33:32]
0
1:0
R
MPRdData0[33:32]
0
Reads from this register will be delayed until the MPBusy bit in the control
register is cleared. This register is only used for reads from external queue
context.
MPRdData0[33:32]
Indicates the most significant 2 bits of the first word of read data from
memory. See Memory Read Data array for a more detailed description.
MPRdData0[33:32]
Indicates the most significant 2 bits of the first word of read data from
memory. See Memory Read Data for a more detailed description.
MPRdData1[33:32]
Indicates the most significant 2 bits of the second word of read data from
memory. See Memory Read Data for a more detailed description.
MPRdData2[33:32]
Indicates the most significant 2 bits of the third word of read data from
memory. See Memory Read Data for a more detailed description.
MPRdData3[33:32]
Indicates the most significant 2 bits of the fourth word of read data from
memory. See Memory Read Data for a more detailed description.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
124
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
12.5 SAR
12.5.1 Receive
In normal SAR operation, writing to any SAR receive data register when
SarRxRdyStatus = 0 (in the low priority interrupt status register) will cause the
microprocessor bus to be held in wait state. Data transfer is initiated when
SarRxData13 is written.
When in diagnostic write mode, writing to any SAR receive data register when
SarRxEmptyStatus = 0 (in the low priority interrupt status register) will cause the
microprocessor bus to be held in wait state. Data transfer is initiated when
SarRxData15 is written.
Register 0x400-0x43C: SAR Receive Data (Burstable)
Bit
31:0
Type
Function
Default
W
SarRxDataN[31:0],
N = 0..15
X
SarRxData0[15:0]: ICI
In normal SAR operation, this is the Ingress Connection Identifier that
identifies the connection in which the cell belongs.
In diagnostic write mode, this is simply a write data register.
SarRxData0[17:16]: CRC Trailer
In normal SAR operation, these bits define whether the next cell received
should be over written with a trailer.
SarRxData0[17:16]
Function
00
Do not overwrite the end of the current cell with a trailer
01
Write the current cell with CRC-32 trailer.
10
Write the current cell with CRC-10 trailer.
Unused
11
In diagnostic write mode, this is simply a write data register.
SarRxData0[18]: CRC-32 Init
In normal SAR operation, when set, this bit will set the internal CRC32 to
0xFFFFFFFF. Required when the current cell received is the BOM of an
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
125
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
AAL5 packet. This bit must be reset if the current cell received is not the BOM
of an AAL5 packet.
In diagnostic write mode, this is simply a write data register.
SarRxData0[31:19]
In normal SAR operation, these bits are not used.
In diagnostic write modes, this is simply a write data register.
SarRxDataN[31:0], N=1..15:
In normal SAR operation, these registers contain the header and payload.
Data stored in SarRxData14 & SarRxData15 are not used. Transfer is
initiated when SarRxData13 is written.
In diagnostic write mode, this is simply a write data register. Transfer is
initiated when SarRxData15 is written.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
126
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
12.5.2 Transmit
Reading from any registers within the transmit SAR when SarTxRdyStatus = 0(in
the Low Priority Interrupt Status register), or when SarDiagRdBusy = 1 (in the
Cell Buffer Diagnostic Control register) will cause the microprocessor bus to be
held in wait state.
All registers in the transmit SAR are read-only; the registers may not be
initialized by the microprocessor directly.
All 16 registers in the class 3 transmit SAR buffer are used to report read data
when cell buffer diagnostic mode is enabled. In this mode, the entire block of
data is cleared from the buffer once the last word is read.
Register 0x500-0x53C: SAR Transmit Data, Class 0 (Burstable)
Register 0x540-0x57C: SAR Transmit Data, Class 1 (Burstable)
Register 0x580-0x5BC: SAR Transmit Data, Class 2 (Burstable)
Register 0x5C0-0x5FC: SAR Transmit Data, Class 3 (Burstable)
Bit
31:0
Type
Function
Default
R
SarTxDataN[31:0],
N = 0..15
X
SarTxData0[15:0]: ECI
In normal SAR operation. This is the Egress Connection Identifier of the cell
received.
In diagnostic read mode, class 3, this is the read data.
SarTxData0[16]: CRC32 Status
In normal SAR operation, when high, this bit indicates that the AAL5 CRC32
polynomial check failed. This bit is only valid for cells that belong to an AAL5
packet (as indicated by the cell header). Within AAL5 packets, this status will
return the actual CRC32 status with the EOM, and all other cells will be
accompanied by a status of 0. This status should be ignored for all other cell
types.
In diagnostic read mode, class 3, this is the read data.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
127
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
SarTxData0[17]: CRC10Stat
In normal SAR operation, when high, this bit indicates that the CRC10
polynomial check failed. This status is only valid when the cell in the buffer is
an OAM cell (as indicated by the cell header). This status should be ignored
for all other cell types.
In diagnostic read mode, class 3, this is the read data.
SarTxData0[31:18]: Unused
In normal SAR operation, not used.
In diagnostic read mode, class 3, this is the read data.
SarTxDataN[31:0], N=1..15:
In normal SAR operation, these registers contain the header and payload.
For Data stored in SarTxData14 & SarTxData15 are reserved and are not
used. A new transfer is initiated when SarTxData13 is read.
In diagnostic read mode, class 3, these registers are the read data. A new
transfer is initiated when SarTxData15 is read.
12.5.3 Cell Buffer Diagnostic Access
Register 0x600: Cell Buffer Diagnostic Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R/W
SarDiagRdBusy
0
30
R/W
SarDiagRdModeEn
0
29
R
SarDiagRdModeLock
0
28
R/W
SarDiagWrModeEn
0
Unused
0
SarDiagAddr[17:0]
0
27:18
17:0
R/W
SarDiagAddr[17:0]
Indicates the beginning 16-long word address for the operation in cell buffer.
Up to 16 megabytes of memory is supported by this address (or 256k 64-byte
regions).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
128
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
SarDiagWrModeEn
When enabled, the SAR receive staging buffer will be used as a port to write
data directly to the cell buffer (SDRAM). Receiving of normal cells into the
traffic stream is no longer possible while this parameter is enabled. This bit
should only be set when SarRxEmptyStatus = 1 in the low interrupt status
register.
SarDiagRdModeLock
Read only. Indicates that the SAR is ready to perform a diagnostic reads. A
lock will only occur when SarDiagRdModeEn = 1, and all non-diagnostic cells
remaining in the class 3 Tx staging buffers have been read by the
microprocessor.
SarDiagRdModeEn
When enabled, normal loading of cells into all 4 classes of the SAR Tx
staging buffers are withheld. A cell that is in the process of being loaded into
a Tx staging buffer when this bit is set will be allowed to complete.
SarDiagRdBusy
Setting this register to one will initiate a diagnostic read from the cell buffer
(SDRAM). When the command is complete, this bit will be cleared to zero.
This bit should not be set to one until SarDiagRdModeEn = 1,
SarDiagRdModeLock = 1, and SarTxRdyStatus = 0.
12.6 Queue Engine
Register 0x700: Queue Context Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R/W
QEngEn
0
30
R
QBusy
0
29
R/W
QSglStep
0
Unused
0
QRxTxArbSel
0
Unused
0
28:27
26
R/W
25
24
R/W
QNumVCSel
0
23:16
R/W
QCellStartAdr[7:
0]
0
15:8
R/W
QLClassStartAdr
0
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
129
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Bit
Type
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
Default
[7:0]
7:0
R/W
QShpStartAdr[7:
0]
0
QShpStartAdr[7:0]
Defines the memory port starting 4 long word address for traffic shaping
records in the SSRAM context memory. Units in K values.
Warning: This value must not change while the queue engine is enabled.
QLClassStartAdr[7:0]
Defines the memory port starting 4 long word address for loop class records
in the SSRAM context memory. Units in K values.
Warning: This value must not change while the queue engine is enabled.
QCellStartAdr[7:0]
Defines the memory port starting 4 long word address for cell records in the
SSRAM context memory. Units in K values
Warning: This value must not change while the queue engine is enabled.
QNumVCSelQNumVCSel this bit must always be set to "1"
QRxTxArbSel
Selects between 2 arbitration schemes. When QRxTxArbSel = 0, RR is used
to select between WAN, Loop and SAR. When QRxTxArbSel = 1, RR is
used to select between WAN and Loop, and SAR having low priority.
QSglStep
Forces the queue engine to process the winner of the service arbitration and
then halt. When invoked, the register QEngEn will be set to one. When
QBusy returns a one, both QEngEn and QSglStep will be reset back to zero.
To be used only for diagnostics.
QBusy
Status signal indicating that the queue engine is currently active.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
130
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
QEngEn
The QEngEn enables the queue engine for normal operation. When
QEngEn = 0 and QBusy = 0, all queue engine operations are disabled. The
QEngEn should be set to a ‘1’ for normal operation after the initialization of
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 and the S/UNI-APEX-1K800’s Context Memory. This
register will reset to zero if QSglStep is invoked.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
131
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x704: Receive and Transmit Control
Bit
Type
31:14
Function
Default
Unused
0
13
R/W
QLoopRxFilter
0
12
R/W
QLoopRxDis
0
Unused
0
11:10
9
R/W
QWANRxFilter
0
8
R/W
QWANRxDis
0
Unused
0
QLoopTxDis
0
Unused
0
QWANTxDis
0
7:5
4
R/W
3:1
0
R/W
QWANTxDis
When setting this bit to one, all cell request by the WAN transmit interface will
be ignored.
QLoopTxDis
When setting this bit to one, all cell request by the Loop transmit interface will
be ignored.
QWANRxDis
When setting this bit to one, all cell request by the WAN receive interface will
be ignored.
QWANRxFilter
When setting this bit to one, only uP destined cells received via the WAN
receive interface will be serviced. Cells destined for the WAN or Loop will be
discarded and the general discard count incremented. Used when the device
is in redundent mode
QLoopRxDis
When setting this bit to one, all cell request by the Loop receive interface will
be ignored.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
132
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
QLoopRxFilter
When setting this bit to one, only uP destined cells received via the Loop
receive interface will be serviced. Cells destined for the WAN or Loop will be
discarded and the general discard count incremented. Used when the device
is in redundent mode
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
133
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x710: Max Direction Congestion Thresholds
Bit
Type
31:24
23:16
R/W
15:8
7:0
R/W
Function
Default
Unused
0
QLoopMaxThrsh
[7:0]
0
Unused
0
QWANMaxThrsh
[7:0]
0
This register contains all the maximum per-Direction congestion threshold values
for the WAN and Loop ports. Please refer to section 14.2 for a complete
definition of m bit logarithmic, n bit fractional.
QWANMaxThrsh[7:0]
Sets the maximum threshold for cells destined for all 4 WANs combined. 4 bit
logarithmic, 4 bit fractional.
QLoopMaxThrsh[7:0]
Sets the maximum threshold for cells destined for all 128 Loops combined. 4
bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
134
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x714: CLP0 Direction Congestion Thresholds
Bit
Type
31:27
23:16
R/W
15:8
7:0
R/W
Function
Default
Unused
0
QLoopCLP0Thrs
h [7:0]
0
Unused
0
QWANCLP0Thr
sh [7:0]
0
This register contains all the CLP0 per-Direction congestion threshold values for
the WAN and Loop ports. Please refer to section 14.2 for a complete definition of
m bit logarithmic, n bit fractional.
QWANCLP0Thrsh[7:0]
Sets the EPD threshold for CLP0 cells destined for all 4 WANs combined. 4
bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional.
QLoopCLP0Thrsh[7:0]
Sets the EPD threshold for CLP0 cells destined for all 128 Loops combined.
4 bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
135
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x718: CLP1 Direction Congestion Thresholds
Bit
Type
31:27
23:16
R/W
15:11
7:0
R/W
Function
Default
Unused
0
QLoopCLP1Thrs
h [7:0]
0
Unused
0
QWANCLP1Thr
sh [7:0]
0
This register contains all the CLP1 per-Direction congestion threshold values for
the WAN and Loop ports. Please refer to section 14.2 for a complete definition
of m bit logarithmic, n bit fractional.
QWANCLP1Thrsh[7:0]
Sets the EPD threshold for CLP1 cells destined for all 4 WANs combined. 4
bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional.
QLoopCLP1Thrsh[7:0]
Sets the EPD threshold for CLP1 cells destined for all 128 Loops combined.
4 bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
136
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x71C: Re-assembly Maximum Length
Bit
Type
31:10
9:0
R/W
Function
Default
Unused
0
QReasMaxLen[9
:0]
0
QReasMaxLen[9:0]
Defines the alternate re-assembly maximum length, in cells. When a VC has
frame continuous queuing, the VC context parameter VcReasMaxSize = 1,
and the VC’s frame length exceeds this register, an EPD will be invoked.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
137
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x720: Watch Dog ICI Patrol Range
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:26
R/W
reserved
0
25:16
R/W
QWdEndICI[9:0]
0
15:10
R/W
reserved
0
9:0
R/W
QWdStartICI[9:0
]
0
Reserved bits
[31:26] must always be set to “0”
Reserved bits
[15:10] must always be set to “0”
QWdStartICI[9:0]
Identifies the first ICI to be checked for re-assembly time-outs.
Warning: This value must not change while a patrol is active.
QWdEndICI[9:0]
Identifies the last ICI to be checked for re-assembly time-outs.
Warning: This value must not change while a patrol is active.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
138
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x724: Tear Down Queue ID
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31:26
R/W
unused]
0
25:16
R/W
QTdICI[9:0]
0
15:11
R/W
unused
0
10:4
R/W
QTdPortID[6:0]
0
Unused
0
QTdClassID[1:0]
0
3:2
1:0
R/W
QTdClassID[1:0]
Identifies the class to be torn down from service. Used only when tearing
down a class.
Warning: This value must not change while a tear down is active.
QTdPortID[6:0]
Identifies the port id of the class queue that is to be torn down from service.
Used only when tearing down a class. See VC Context Record for PortID
encoding.
Warning: This value must not change while a tear down is active.
QTdICI[9:0]
Identifies the VC queue that is to be torn down from service. Used only when
tearing down a VC.
Warning: This value must not change while a tear down is active.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
139
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x728: Watch Dog / Tear Down Status
Bit
Type
31:6
Function
Default
Unused
0
5
R/W
QTdMode
0
4
R/W(1)
QTdActive
0
Unused
0
QWdActive
0
3:1
0
R/W(1)
QWdActive
When setting this bit to one, the watch dog will begin its patrol. When the
patrol is over, this bit will reset to zero. This bit cannot be reset to zero by the
microprocessor.
QTdActive
When setting this bit to one, the tear down macro, as defined in the
QTdMode, will be initiated. When the macro has completed its tear down,
this bit will reset to zero. This bit cannot be reset to zero by the
microprocessor.
QTdMode
When setting this bit to zero, a tear down macro will remove a VC queue, as
identified in the Tear Down Queue ID register, from service, re-allocate the
buffers in the queue, and update the general discard count. When setting
this bit to a one, a tear down macro will remove a class queue, as identified in
the Tear Down Queue ID register, from service, re-allocate the buffers in the
queue, and update the general discard count.
Warning: This value must not change while a tear down is active.
Warning:
1) Tearing down a class queue should only be done after all the VCs within
the class has been torn down first.
2) After performing a VC tear down, do not setup another VC until either the
class queue has been torn down or drain the class queue until
VcClassQCLP01Cnt = 0. Failure to do this will result in anomalies in the new
VC, such as inaccurate VC weights (for WFQ VCs) and premature discard at
the per-VC hierarchical level.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
140
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Register 0x730: Shaper 0 Configuration (N = 0)
Register 0x734: Shaper 1 Configuration (N = 1)
Register 0x738: Shaper 2 Configuration (N = 2)
Register 0x73C: Shaper 3 Configuration (N = 3)
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R
QShpNExpCong
0
30:29
28:20
unused
R/W
19:18
QShpNRTRate[8:
0],
N = 0..3
0
Unused
0
17:16
R/W
QShpNRedFact[1
:0] ,
N = 0..3
0
15:12
R/W
QShpNThrshVal[
3:0] ,
N = 0..3
0
11:8
R/W
QShpNMeasInt[3:
0] ,
N = 0..3
0
7:6
R/W
QShpNClass[1:0]
,
N = 0..3
0
5:4
R/W
QShpNPort[1:0] ,
N = 0..3
0
Unused
0
3
2
R/W
QShpNThrshEn,
N = 0..3
0
1
R/W
QShpNSlowDow
nEn,
N = 0..3
0
0
R/W
QShpNEn,
0
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
141
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Bit
Type
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Function
Default
N = 0..3
There are four shapers, N = 0..3. Each shaper can be assigned to the same
port, or can be assigned to different ports. Only one shaper may be assigned to
any one port/class combination. Only WAN ports may be shaped. If a port/class
combination is to be shaped, the VcQueue parameter defined in the VC context
record structure will be overridden.
Note: If one or more shaper is enabled, then all 4 registers must be programmed
with unique port/class combinations.
QShpNEn, N=0..3
Enable for shaper N.
Warning:
This register can only be modified during a port/class setup, and when the
queue engine is disabled.
QShpNSlowDownEn, N=0..3
Enables the slow down of the time reference clock used by shaper N to
calculate transmission events. Enabling this feature will provide fair shaping
to high speed VCs
QShpNThrshEn, N=0..3
Defines how congestion is to be declared for shaper N. When set to zero,
the declaration is based on the comparison between the current class queue
length and the number of cells leaving the class queue over the previous
measurement period. When set to one, the declaration is based on the
comparison between the current class queue length and the QShpThrshVal.
This register has no effect if QShpNSlowDownEn = 0.
QShpNPort[1:0]; N=0..3
WAN Port that shaper N is linked to.
Warning:
This register can only be modified during a port/class setup, and when the
queue engine is disabled.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
142
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
QShpNClass[1:0], N=0..3
Class that shaper N is associated with.
Warning:
This register can only be modified during a port/class setup, and when the
queue engine is disabled.
QShpNMeasInt[3:0], N=0..3
Encoded value defining the number of clock cycles over which to measure
congestion levels for shaper N. The period defined is not affected by the
slow down factor. Encoding formula is 64 * 2^m.
This register has no effect if QShpNSlowDownEn = 0.
QShpNThrshVal[3:0], N=0..3
Defines a value for the class queue length threshold value. Used to select
whether to speed up or slow down the shaper N.
Effective value = 2(T+1) – 1, where T = QShpNThrshVal[3:0]
This register has no effect if QShpNSlowDownEn = 0 or QShpNThrshEn = 0.
QShpNRedFact[1:0], N=0..3
Encoded value for the slow down rate reduction factor. Controls how quickly
the shaper N speeds up. Low values will produce better fairness at the cost
of utilization.
QShpNRedFact[1:0]
Effective Value
0
2
1
4
2
8
3
16
This register has no effect if QShpNSlowDownEn = 0.
QShpNRTRate[8:0], N=0..3
Real time rate for shaper N. Represents the maximum shaped data rate,
calculated in the number of clock cycles per timeslot. The sum of all active
real time rate must be less than the link rate of 1.42Mcells/s. The table below
provides the decimal setting for various configurations:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
143
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
SYSCLK
(MHz)
Max. Shaped Rate
QShpNRTRate
(decimal)
Max. Active
Shapers
80
1.42 Mcells/s
57
1
80
355 Kcells/s
227
4
40
355 Kcells/s
114
2
where
QShpNRTRate = ROUNDUP(SYSCLK (MHz) / Effective Data Rate).
QShpNExpCong, N = 0..3
Status bit indicating shaper N has experienced congestion, and that the time
slot counter was slowed down. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
12.7 Memory Interface
Register 0x800: SDRAM/SSRAM Configuration
Bit
Type
31:17
16
R/W
15
14:8
R/W
7:1
0
R/W
Function
Default
Unused
0
CMLateWrite
0
Unused
0
CBRefDivide[6:0
]
0
Unused
0
CBEn
0
CBEn
The CBEn enables the SDRAM Interface. A transition from 0 to 1 initiates the
SDRAM initialization procedures. This enable is provided to ensure that the
power-up time before the initialization sequence is applied to the SDRAM is
met. When CBEn = ‘0’, no SDRAM accesses will take place and the chip will
not operate properly.
CBRefDivide[6:0]
Defines the SYSCLK divide down factor to determine the SDRAM refresh
rate. Actual divide down value is the value stored in the register multiplied by
16 decimal, plus 1. For example, a value of 78 decimal will produce a refresh
cycle every 78*16 + 1 = 1249 SYSCLKs. A zero value is not permitted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
144
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CMLateWrite
The CMLateWrite selects the type of SSRAM connected. When set to zero,
pipelined ZBT SSRAM is configured. When set to one, register to register late
write SSRAM is configured.
When late write is selected, pins CMAB[18] & CMAB[17] change functionality
and become the chip enable bar for odd and even addresses, respectively.
12.8 CBI Interface
Register 0xA00: CBI Register Port
Bit
Type
Function
Default
31
R/W
CBIBusy
0
30
R/W
CBIRdWrb
0
Unused
0
29:16
15:14
R/W
CBIAddr[1:0]
0
13
R/W
CBITrsb
0
Unused
0
CBITstb
1
Unused
0
CBIData[7:0]
0
12
11
R/W
10:8
7:0
R/W
Writes to this register will place the microprocessor interface in wait state until
the CBIBusy bit is clear.
CBIData[7:0]
Data value used to write into the CBI port or read from the CBI port. Address
specified by CBIAddr[2:0]
CBITstb
Active low signal used during production testing. Normally set high.
CBIAddr[1:0]
Address bus used to select the CBI register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
145
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CBITrsb
Test select bit. Should always be set to 1 during normal mode access.
CBIRdWrb
Defines whether a read or write to the CBI register is to be performed. When
set to 0, a write command is defined. When set to 1 a read command is
defined. Command invoked when CBIBusy is set to 1.
CBIBusy
When set to a one, the CBIRdWrb command will be executed. When the
command is complete, this bit will be cleared to zero.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
146
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
13
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CBI REGISTER PORT MAPPING
CBI Register 0x00: Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
OVERRIDE
0
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
ERRORE
X
Bit 1
R/W
VERN_EN
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOCK
0
The DLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL.
LOCK:
The LOCK register is used to force the DLL to ignore phase offsets indicated
by the phase detector after phase lock has been achieved. When LOCK is
set to logic zero, the DLL will track phase offsets measured by the phase
detector between the SYSCLK and the REFCLK inputs. When LOCK is set
to logic one, the DLL will not change the tap after the phase detector
indicates of zero phase offset between the SYSCLK and the REFCLK inputs
for the first time.
VERN_EN:
The vernier enable register (VERN_EN) forces the DLL to ignore the phase
detector and use the tap number specified by the VERNIER[7:0] register bits.
When VERN_EN is set to logic zero, the DLL operates normally adjusting the
phase offset based on the phase detector. When VERN_EN is set to logic
one, the delay line uses the tap specified by the VERNIER[7:0] register bits.
Used only for diagnostics.
ERRORE:
The ERROR interrupt enable (ERRORE) bit enables the error indication
interrupt. When ERRORE is set high, an interrupt is generated upon
assertion event of the ERR output and ERROR register. When ERRORE is
set low, changes in the ERROR and ERR status do not generate an interrupt.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
147
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
OVERRIDE:
The override control (OVERRIDE) disables the DLL operation. When
OVERRIDE is set low, the DLL generates the DLLCLK by delaying the
SYSCLK until the rising edge of REFCLK occurs at the same time as the
rising edge of SYSCLK. When OVERRIDE is set high, the DLLCLK output is
a buffered version of the SYSCLK input.
Used only for diagnostics.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
148
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CBI Register 0x01: Vernier Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
VERNIER[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
VERNIER[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
VERNIER[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
VERNIER[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
VERNIER[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
VERNIER[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
VERNIER[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
VERNIER[0]
0
The Vernier Control Register provides the delay line tap control when using the
vernier option.
Used only for diagnostics.
VERNIER[7:0]:
The vernier tap register bits (VERNIER[7:0]) specifies the phase delay
through the DLL when using the vernier feature. When VERN_EN is set
high, the VERNIER[7:0] registers specify the delay tap used. When
VERN_EN is set low, the VERNIER[7:0] register is ignored. A VERNIER[7:0]
value of all zeros specifies the delay tap with the minimum delay through the
delay line. A VERNIER[7:0] value of 255 specifies the delay tap with the
maximum delay through the delay line.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
149
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CBI Register 0x02: Delay Tap Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TAP[7]
X
Bit 6
R
TAP[6]
X
Bit 5
R
TAP[5]
X
Bit 4
R
TAP[4]
X
Bit 3
R
TAP[3]
X
Bit 2
R
TAP[2]
X
Bit 1
R
TAP[1]
X
Bit 0
R
TAP[0]
X
The DLL Delay Tap Status Register indicates the delay tap used by the DLL to
generate the outgoing clock.
Writing to this register performs a software reset of the DLL. A software reset
requires a maximum of 24*256 SYSCLK cycles for the DLL to regain lock.
During this time the DLLCLK phase is adjusting from its current position to delay
tap 0 and back to a lock position.
Used only for diagnostics.
TAP[7:0]:
The tap status register bits (TAP[7:0]) specifies the delay line tap the DLL is
using to generate the outgoing clock DLLCLK. When TAP[7:0] is logic zero,
the DLL is using the delay line tap with minimum phase delay. When
TAP[7:0] is equal to 255, the DLL is using the delay line tap with maximum
phase delay. TAP[7:0] is invalid when vernier enable VERN_EN is set to one.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
150
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CBI Register 0x03: Control Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
SYSCLKI
X
Bit 6
R
REFCLKI
X
Bit 5
R
ERRORI
X
Bit 4
R
CHANGEI
X
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERROR
X
Bit 1
R
CHANGE
0
Bit 0
R
RUN
0
The DLL Control Status Register provides information of the DLL operation. Used
only for diagnostics.
RUN:
The DLL lock status register bit (RUN) indicates the DLL found a delay line
tap in which the phase difference between the rising edge of REFCLK and
the rising edge of SYSCLK is zero. After system reset, RUN is logic zero until
the phase detector indicates an initial lock condition. When the phase
detector indicates lock, RUN is set to logic 1. Maximum time for a DLL lock
from reset with a stable clock should be under 12 * 256 / f(SYSCLK). The
RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset (CBI[12]) or a software
reset (writing to register 2).
CHANGE:
The delay line tap change register bit (CHANGE) indicates the DLL has
moved to a new delay line tap. CHANGE is set high for eight SYSCLK cycles
when the DLL moves to a new delay line tap.
ERROR:
The delay line error register bit (ERROR) indicates the DLL has run out of
dynamic range. When the DLL attempts to move beyond the end of the
delay line, ERROR is set high. When ERROR is high, the DLL cannot
generate a DLLCLK phase that causes the rising edge of REFCLK to be
aligned to the rising edge of SYSCLK. ERROR is set low, when the DLL
captures lock again.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
151
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CHANGEI:
The delay line tap change event register bit (CHANGEI) indicates the
CHANGE register bit has changed value. When the CHANGE register
changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the CHANGEI register bit is set to
logic one. The CHANGEI register bit is cleared immediately after it is read,
thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
ERRORI:
The delay line error event register bit (ERRORI) indicates the ERROR
register bit has gone high. When the ERROR register changes from a logic
zero to a logic one, the ERRORI register bit is set to logic one. The ERRORI
register bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the
event has been recorded. If the ERRORE interrupt enable is high, the INT
output is also asserted when ERRORI asserts.
REFCLKI:
The reference clock event register bit REFCLKI provides a method to monitor
activity on the reference clock. When the REFCLK primary input changes
from a logic zero to a logic one, the REFCLKI register bit is set to logic one.
The REFCLKI register bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus
acknowledging the event has been recorded.
SYSCLKI:
The system clock event register bit SYSLCKI provides a method to monitor
activity on the system clock. When the SYSCLK primary input changes from
a logic zero to a logic one, the SYSCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The
SYSCLKI register bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus
acknowledging the event has been recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
152
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
14
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
MEMORY PORT MAPPING
14.1 Context Size and Location
The context records for S/UNI-APEX-1K800 are stored in 4 different areas. The
majority of the context information is stored in an external SSRAM, the context
memory. For performance reasons, some context information is stored in
internal memories. There are three internal memories, the Queue context, the
WAN Port scheduler context, and the Loop Port scheduler context
Figure 29
- Context Location
External
Queue
Context
Memory Port
Aperture Select
Internal
Queue
Context
Internal
WAN Port Scheduler
Context
Internal
Loop Port Scheduler
Context
WAN Poll Weight
WAN Class Status
Loop Poll Sequence
Loop Poll Weight
Loop Class Status
Address 0
QLClassStartAdr
VC Context
VC Statistic
VC Address Map
Loop Class0
Loop Class1
Loop Class2
Loop Class3
QShpStartAdr
Shape0 TxSlot
Shape1 TxSlot
Shape2 TxSlot
Shape3 TxSlot
Shape Rate
QCellStartAdr
Cell
Loop Class Scheduler
Loop Port Threshold
Loop Port Count
WAN Class0
WAN Class1
WAN Class2
WAN Class3
WAN Class Scheduler
WAN Port Threshold
WAN Port Count
uP Class Scheduler
uP Port Threshold
uP Port Count
uP Class0
uP Class1
uP Class2
uP Class3
Free Count
Overall Count
Congestion Discard
Max Congestion ID
Misc Error
The records for the external context memory are partitioned into four groups: VC,
Loop Ports, Shape and Cells. Three registers define the starting physical
address of each of the Loop class, Shape and Cell groups, with the VC group
always starting at address zero.
The starting address, or offset, may be of any order, and may, under certain
restriction, overlap one another. For example, if the VC Address Map will never
be enabled for a given application, then the loop class offset may be set to the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
153
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
starting location of the VC Address Map. Should the shaping not be required,
then cell offset may follow immediately after the loop class records.
All the Port context records and all the class context records for the WAN and
microprocessor are located internally, and are accessed via the appropriate
aperture in the context memory port.
Table 17
- External Queue Context Memory Map
MPQuadAddr
Context Record
0..1023
VC Context
16384..24575
VC Statistic
24576..28671
VC Address Map
QLClassStartAdr * 1024 + {0..2047}
Loop Class0
QLClassStartAdr * 1024 + {2048..4095} Loop Class1
QLClassStartAdr * 1024 + {4096..6143} Loop Class2
QLClassStartAdr * 1024 + {6144..8191} Loop Class3
QShpStartAdr * 1024 + {0..2047}
Shape0 TxSlot
QShpStartAdr * 1024 + {2048..4095}
Shape1 TxSlot
QShpStartAdr * 1024 + {4096..6143}
Shape2 TxSlot
QShpStartAdr * 1024 + {6144..8191}
Shape3 TxSlot
QShpStartAdr * 1024 + {8192..40959}
Shape Rate
QCellStartAdr * 1024 + {0..65535}
Cell Record
Table 18
- Internal Queue Context Memory Map
MPQuadAddr
Record
0..511
Loop Class Scheduler
512..1023
Loop Port Threshold
1024..1535
Loop Port Count
1536..1539
WAN Class0
1540..1543
WAN Class1
1544..1547
WAN Class2
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
154
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPQuadAddr
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Record
1548..1551
WAN Class3
1552
WAN Class Scheduler
1553
WAN Port Threshold
1554
WAN Port Count
1555
uP Class Scheduler
uP Port Threshold
uP Port Count
1556
uP Class0
1557
uP Class1
1558
uP Class2
1559
uP Class3
2048
Free Count
2049
Overall Count
2050
Congestion Discard
2051
Maximum Congestion ID
2052
Misc Error
Table 19
- Internal WAN Port Scheduler Context Memory Map
MPQuadAddr
0
Table 20
Record
WAN Poll Weight, WAN Class Status
- Internal Loop Port Scheduler Context Memory Map
MPQuadAddr
Record
0..127
Loop Poll Sequence
128..191
Loop Poll Weight
192..255
Loop Class Status
Writing values into unused parameter bits has no effect. However, to ensure
software compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
155
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
unused parameter bits must be written with logic zero. Reading back unused
bits can produce either a logic one or a logic zero; hence, unused parameter bits
should be masked off by software when read.
14.2 Queue Context Definition
Many of the context parameters make references to m bit logarithmic, n bit
fractional, where m is the MSB of the parameter field, and n is the LSB of the
parameter field. The tables below provide quick references.
2 bits log
Table 21
- 2 Bit Logarithmic, 2 Bit Fractional
2 bits fractional
0
1
2
0
1
2
4
5
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
0
1
2
3
Table 22
3
3
7
14
28
- 4 Bit Logarithmic, 2 Bit Fractional
2 bits fractional
1
2
0
1
2
4
5
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
32
40
48
64
80
96
128
160
192
256
320
384
512
640
768
1024
1280
1536
2048
2560
3072
4096
5120
6144
8191
4 bits log
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Table 23
3
3
7
14
28
56
112
224
448
896
1792
3584
7168
- 4 Bit Logarithmic, 4 Bit Fractional
4 bits fractional
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
2
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
156
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
3
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
4
128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
200
208
216
224
232
240
248
5
256
272
288
304
320
336
352
368
384
400
416
432
448
464
480
496
6
512
544
576
608
640
672
704
736
768
800
832
864
896
928
960
992
7
1024
1088
1152
1216
1280
1344
1408
1472
1536
1600
1664
1728
1792
1856
1920
1984
8
2048
2176
2304
2432
2560
2688
2816
2944
3072
3200
3328
3456
3584
3712
3840
3968
9
4096
4352
4608
4864
5120
5376
5632
5888
6144
6400
6656
6912
7168
7424
7680
7936
10
8192
8704
9216
9728
10240
10752
11264
11776
12288
12800
13312
13824
14336
14848
15360
15872
11
16384
17408
18432
19456
20480
21504
22528
23552
24576
25600
26624
27648
28672
29696
30720
31744
12
32768
34816
36864
38912
40960
43008
45056
47104
49152
51200
53248
55296
57344
59392
61440
63488
13
65536
69632
73728
77824
81920
86016
90112
94208
98304
102400
106496
110592
114688
118784
122880
126976
14
131072
139264
147456
155648
163840
172032
180224
188416
196608
204800
212992
221184
229376
237568
245760
253952
15
262143
14.2.1 VC Context Records
14.2.1.1
VC Context Record
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = ICI
Table 24
- VC Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31
VcEn
Enables the VC. When VcEn = 0, incoming cells of
this VC will be discarded, CellRxErrICI updated,
DiscardCnt incremented, and the maskable interrupt
QCellRxErr will be generated. Any cells remaining in
the queue will be transmitted, if possible.
30
VcIntDis
Disables any maskable interrupts that this VC may
generate, including QCellRxErr, QVcReasLenErr,
QVcMaxThrshErr.
29
VcSegOam
Segment OAM re-direct. When VcSegOam = 1, any
segment OAM encountered in this VC will be redirected to the uP.
Warning: This bit must be never be set to one if the
VC is destined for the uP class 0 port.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
157
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
28
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
VcEEOam
End to end OAM re-direct. When VcEEOam = 1, any
end to end OAM encountered in this VC will be redirected to the uP.
Warning: This bit must be never be set to one if the
VC is destined for the uP class 0 port.
27
VcVPC
When VcVPC = 1, identifies this VC as VPC. When
VcVPC = 0, identifies this VC as a VCC. Required for
OAM re-direction.
26:24
VcCLP0MinThr Minimum number of CLP0 cells guaranteed to be
sh
allowed on a per-VC basis. Values are encoded as
follows:
000:
001:
010:
011:
100:
101:
110:
111:
0
24
32
48
64
96
128
256
23:18
VcMaxThrsh
PPD maximum threshold for cells on a per-VC basis.
4 bits logarithmic/linear, 2 bits fractional. A zero value
will effectively disable congestion at the VC level for
this VC; however, the 8K-1 maximum limit still
remains active.
17:12
VcCLP0Thrsh EPD maximum threshold for CLP0 cells on a per-VC
basis. 4 bits logarithmic/linear, 2 bits fractional.
11:6
VcCLP1Thrsh EPD maximum threshold for CLP1 cells on a per-VC
basis. 4 bits logarithmic/linear, 2 bits fractional.
5:4
VcEFCIMode
Defines EFCI marking.
00:
01:
10:
11:
No marking
Reserved
Mark on active CLP0 thresholds
Mark on active CLP1 thresholds
Note: active thresholds is defined as the hierarchical
maximum threshold set to a non-zero value.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
158
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
3:2
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
VcReMapMod 00:
ECI=ICI. No VPI/VCI remapping. SwTag
e
available.
01:
Provide an ECI that is different from the ICI.
No VPI/VCI remapping. SwTag available.
10:
ECI=ICI. VPI header remapping. SwTag
available.
11:
ECI=ICI. VPI/VCI header remapping. SwTag
not available
1
VcCongMode
Defines congestion mode when FCQ is not selected.
0:
EPD/PPD. Congestion control is set to discard
using EPD/PPD.
1:
Congestion control operates on a cell by cell
basis.
When FCQ is selected, this bit is reserved.
Warning: This bit must only be set during a VC
setup. This bit must be set to 1 if the underlying
traffic is not AAL5.
0
VcGFRMode
Selects between I.363 standard definition of a frame’s
CLP, and the emerging GFR standard definition of a
frame’s CLP. Zero selects the I.363 standard, a value
of one selects the emerging GFR standard.
This bit is reserved when cell discard congestion rules
is selected.
1
33:27
VcCLP0Cnt[12 Last 7 bits of a 13-bit count of CLP0 cells in both VC
:6]
and Class. Used for congestion control for minimum
resource monitoring.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will reduce
this count by VcQCLP01Cnt if the VcRxBOMClp = 0
and VcQueue = 1 (FCQ).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
159
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
26:15
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
VcPortID
VcPortID[11] = 0.
VcPortID[10:7] = must be set to 0.
VC destined for a Loop port.
VcPortID[6:0]: Identifies 1 of 128 loop ports as the
destination.
If the loop port is configured for Any-PHY, all 7 bits
are valid.
If the loop transmit port is configured for UTOPIA L2
master, only the first 5 bits (ports 31->0) are valid.
Cells received in VCs with VcPortID > 31 will never be
transmitted.
If the loop transmit port is configured for UTOPIA L1
master or UTOPIA L2 slave, VcPortID[6:0] must be
set to 0. Cells received in VCs with VcPortID != 0 will
never be transmitted.
VcPortID[11:10] = 10.
VC destined for a WAN ports
VcPortID[9:2]: Reserved, Must be initialized to zero.
VcPortID[1:0]: Identifies 1 of 4 WAN ports as the
destination.
If the WAN port is configured for UTOPIA L1 master
or UTOPIA L2 slave, VcPortID[10:0] must be set to 0.
Cells received in VCs with VcPortID != 0 will never be
transmitted.
VcPortID[11:10] = 11.
Identifies the uP port as the VC’s destination
VcPortID[9:0]: Reserved, Must be initialized to zero.
14:13
VcClass
12
Destination Port Class is not shaped
VcQueue
Assigns class to this VC
Defines the queue mechanism to be used.
0:
Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ)
1:
Frame Continuous Queuing (FCQ)
Warning: This bit must only be set during a VC
setup.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
160
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
Destination Port Class is shaped
Unused
11:6
Reserved
VcQueue = 0 (WFQ), and destination Port Class is not shaped
11:6
VcWght
Class queuing weight. Linear encoding, multiple of 2
with zero taking a special value of 1. (eg. 1, 2, 4, 6 ...
124, 126)
Warning: This bit must only be set during a VC
setup.
VcQueue = 1 (FCQ), and destination Port Class is not shaped
11
VcReasPark
Park state bit for re-assembly watch dog. Non-user
cells have no effect on this bit.
10
Indication that there is at least one cell in the queue.
VcReasActive VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will set this
parameter to zero (empty).
9
Defines one of two maximum frame sizes. When this
VcReasMaxSiz parameter is zero, frames exceeding 1366 cells will
e
have EPD invoked. When this parameter is one,
frames exceeding the value programmed in the Reassembly Maximum Length register will have EPD
invoked. EPDs will trigger a maskable interrupt to the
microprocessor.
8
VcWDEn
Marks this VC as one for the watch dog to patrol for
re-assembly time outs.
7
Unused
Reserved
6
VcLenChkEn
Enables the checking of the AAL5 trailer’s length
field.
0: No length checking.
1: If the length field is zero, EPD will be invoked.
Destination Port Class is shaped
11:6
Unused
5:0
Reserved
VcCongMode = 0 (EPD/PPD Congestion)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
161
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
5
VcTxStatus
EOM indication. When VcTxStatus = 0, the next cell
transmitted is considered the BOM. Used to indicate
when VcTxBOMClp should be re-evaluated.
4
VcTxBOMClp
State of the BOM’s CLP bit during transmit. Used to
maintain VcCLP0Cnt during FCQ congestion and
also during EPD/PPD congestion when GFR Mode =
1.
3:2
VcRxStatus
00:
Next cell queued is considered the BOM.
01:
Next cell queued is considered a COM or
EOM.
10:
Early packet discard. All cells up to and
including the EOM will be discarded.
11:
Partial packet discard. All cells but the EOM
will be discarded
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will set this
parameter to zero.
1
State of the BOM’s CLP bit during receive. Used to
VcRxBOMClp maintain VcCLP0Cnt during FCQ congestion and
also during EPD/PPD congestion when GFR Mode =
1.
0
VcRxORClp
VcQueue = 1 (FCQ), VcGFRMode = 0, Port Class not
shaped:
This is a running OR of all the CLPs that have been
received since the BOM. Used by congestion control
to invoke EPD discard
Reserved in all other cases.
VcCongMode = 1 (Cell by Cell Congestion)
2
33:16
5:0
Unused
Reserved
VcQHeadPtr
Points to the first cell in the VC queue. A value of
zero indicates that the queue is empty.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will set this
parameter to zero.
15:13
VcCLP0Cnt[5: Second 3 bits of a 13-bit count of CLP0 cells in both
3]
VC and Class. See MSB for description.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
162
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
12:0
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
VcQCLP01Cnt Count of CLP01 cells in the VC queue. Used for
congestion control.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will set this
parameter to zero.
3
33:16
VcQTailPtr
Points to the last cell in the VC queue
15:13
VcCLP0Cnt[2: First 3 bits of a 13-bit count of CLP0 cells in both VC
0]
and Class. See MSB for description.
12:0
VcClassQCLP Count of CLP01 cells in the Class queue for WFQ &
01Cnt
FCQ. Count of CLP01 cells in the Class queue &
TxSlot table combined for SFQ. Used for congestion
control for all queuing mechanisms. Note that during
SFQ, the maximum value this parameter can be is 1.
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During VC setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
14.2.1.2
VC Statistics Record
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 16384 + ICI/2
The statistic record for even numbered ICI’s are located in long words 0 & 1.
Odd numbered ICI’s are located in long words 2 & 3.
OAM cells redirected to the uP are not represented by these counts.
Table 25
- VC Statistics Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/2
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:0
VcCLP0TxCnt Free running count of all CLP0 cells that have been
transmitted.
33:32
Unused
1/3
Reserved
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
163
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
31:0
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
VcCLP1TxCnt Free running count of all CLP1 cells that have been
transmitted.
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During VC setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
14.2.1.3
VC Address Map Record
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 24576 + ICI/4
The address map records are packed together. ICI = 0 would have the address
map record located in long word 0. ICI = 3 would have the address map record
located in long word 3 etc.
Table 26
- VC Address Map Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:0
VcReMapMode = 00
31:16
SwTag
Option to provide Switch Tag for the WAN and LOOP
Tx Interfaces. Prepend of the Switch Tag is
determined on a port by port basis.
15:0
Unused
Reserved
VcReMapMode = 01
31:16
SwTag
Option to provide Switch Tag for the WAN and LOOP
Tx Interfaces. Prepend of the Switch Tag is
determined on a port by port basis.
15:0
ECI
ECI value that is applied to the cells upon emission, .
VcReMapMode = 10
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
164
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
31:16
SwTag
Option to provide Switch Tag for the WAN and LOOP
Tx Interfaces. Prepend of the Switch Tag is
determined on a port by port basis.
15:12
Unused
Reserved
11:0
VPI
VPI remap
VcReMapMode = 11
31:16
VCI
VCI remap
15:12
Unused
Reserved
11:0
VPI
VPI remap
14.2.2 Port Context Records
14.2.2.1
Port Threshold Context Record
For Loop Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 512 + Loop#/4
For WAN Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1553
For Microprocessor Port:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1555, MPLWordEn[1] = 1.
The port context records are packed together. Loop/WAN = 0 would have the
port context record located in long word 0. Loop/WAN = 3 would have the port
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
165
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
context record located in long word 3 etc. The microprocessor port would be
located in long word 1.
Table 27
- Port Threshold Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
33:16
Unused
Reserved
15:8
PortCLP0Thrs Per-Port EPD maximum threshold for CLP0 cells that
h
have met their minimum allocation. 4 bit logarithmic,
4 bit fractional encoding.
7:0
PortCLP1Thrs EPD maximum threshold for CLP1 cells on a per-Port
h
basis. 4 bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional encoding.
14.2.2.2
Port Count Context Record
For Loop Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1024 + Loop#/4
For WAN Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1554
For Microprocessor Port:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1555, MPLWordEn[2] = 1.
The port context records are packed together. Loop/WAN = 0 would have the
port context record located in long word 0. Loop/WAN = 3 would have the port
context record located in long word 3 etc. The microprocessor port would be
located in long word 2.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
166
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Table 28
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Port Count Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31
PortEn
Enables the port. When PortEn = 1, it permits cells to
be received and transmitted if the class and VCs are
setup. The PortEn should be set to zero 0 only after
the class and VC have been torn down.
If the PortEn is set to zero prior to tearing down a VC,
then incoming cells will increment either the
DiscardCnt or CLPxDiscardCnt. Cells that exist in the
queues when the port is disabled may be transmitted.
Details are listed below.
If PortEn changes from 1->0, the first cell at the head
of each class queue shall be transmitted. Any cells
remaining in the queues will not be transmitted.
Exception to this case is if the port contains a shaped
class, where the transmission of cells in the queues
will continue until there is one cell per VC remaining.
When PortEn = 0, all incoming cells to this port will be
discarded, CellRxErrICI updated, and the maskable
interrupt QCellRxErr will be sent.
For non FCQ VCs in cell discard mode, the
DiscardCnt is incremented when a cell is received.
For non FCQ VCs in EPD/PPD discard mode, the
DiscardCnt is incremented when the first cell is
received, and CLPxDiscardCnt is incremented when
subsequent cells are received.
For FCQ VCs, the CLPxDiscardCnt is incremented
when a cell is received. If a frame is in the process of
being re-assembled when PortEn = 1->0, the
CLPxDiscardCnt will be incremented by the length of
the re-assembly queue plus 1 (cell that arrived).
30:28
Unused
Reserved
27:20
PortMaxThrsh Maximum threshold for cells on a per-Port basis. 4 bit
logarithmic, 4 bit fractional encoding. A zero value will
effectively disable congestion at the Port level for this
port.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
167
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
19:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
PortCnt
Total count of all cells queued for this port. Used for
congestion control.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will reduce
this count by VcQCLP01Cnt.
Class tear down will reduce this count by ClassCnt.
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During port setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
168
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
14.2.3 Class Context Records
14.2.3.1
Class Scheduler Context Record
For Loop Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = Loop#/4
For WAN Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1552
For Microprocessor Port:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1555, MPLWordEn[0] = 1.
The port context records are packed together. Loop/WAN = 0 would have the
port context record located in long word 0. Loop/WAN = 3 would have the port
context record located in long word 3 etc. The microprocessor port would be
located in long word 0.
Table 29
- Class Scheduler Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:20
ClassFragEn = 0
31:28
Number of cells that can be transmitted from another
Class1CellLmt class while Class1 is waiting for a transmission
opportunity before Class1 enters the starvation
condition. 2 bit logarithmic, 2 bit fractional encoding.
When ClassPacket = 1, this parameter should be set
to 0 to force strict priority.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
169
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
27:24
Number of cells that can be transmitted from another
Class2CellLmt class while Class2 is waiting for a transmission
opportunity before Class2 enters the starvation
condition. 2 bit logarithmic, 2 bit fractional encoding.
When ClassPacket = 1, this parameter should be set
to 0 to force strict priority.
23:20
Number of cells that can be transmitted from another
Class3CellLmt class while Class3 is waiting for a transmission
opportunity before Class3 enters the starvation
condition. 2 bit logarithmic, 2 bit fractional encoding.
When ClassPacket = 1, this parameter should be set
to 0 to force strict priority.
ClassFragEn = 1
31
Unused
Reserved
30:20
Maximum number of cells that can be transmitted
ClassCellLmt from a class before the class scheduler selects
another class to transmit from. A value of zero is
functionally equivalent to a value of one.
19
ClassFragEn
Enable packet fragmentation class scheduling.
18
ClassPacket
Places the Class scheduler into a packet or frame
continuous mode. In packet mode, if a VC set to FCQ
is at the head of the class queue, the class scheduler
will send out the entire packet prior to servicing a
different class. When set, ClassNCellLmt must be set
to zero to ensure strict priority scheduling.
Warning: This bit must only be set during a Class
setup.
This must be set to 1 when ClassFragEn = 1.
17:15
ClassPacket = 0
Unused
Reserved
ClassPacket = 1
17
ClassStatus
When ClassStatus = 0, indicates that the next cell
transmitted is considered the BOM of a packet.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
170
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
16:15
Indicates the class that is currently being serviced.
ClassServiced
14:0
ClassFragEn = 0
14:10
Current number of cells that have been transmitted
Class1CellCnt while Class1 has remained unserviced.
9:5
Current number of cells that have been transmitted
Class2CellCnt while Class2 has remained unserviced.
4:0
Current number of cells that have been transmitted
Class3CellCnt while Class3 has remained unserviced.
ClassFragEn = 1
14:11
Unused
Reserved
10:0
ClassCellCnt
Current number of cells that have been transmitted
from the class indicated by ClassServiced.
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During class setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
14.2.3.2
Class 0 through 3 Context Record
For Loop Ports:
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = QLClassStartAdr * 1024 + Class * 2048 + Loop#
For WAN Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 1536 + Class * 4 + WAN#, Class = 0,1,2,3
For Microprocessor Ports:
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
171
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
MPQuadAddr = 1556 + Class * 4, Class = 0,1,2,3
Table 30
- Class Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31
ClassEn
Enable the class queue. When ClassEn = 1, it permits
cells to be received and transmitted if the port and
VCs are setup. The ClassEn should be set to zero 0
only after the VC has been torn down.
If the ClassEn is set to zero prior to tearing down a
VC, then incoming cells will increment either the
DiscardCnt or CLPxDiscardCnt. Details are listed
below.
When ClassEn = 0, all incoming cells to this class will
be discarded, CellRxErrICI updated, and the
maskable interrupt QCellRxErr will be sent.
For non FCQ VCs, any cells remaining in the queue
will be transmitted, if possible. If the VC is in cell
discard mode, cells received will cause the DiscardCnt
to increment. If the VC is in EPD/PPD discard mode,
the DiscardCnt is incremented when the first cell is
received, and CLPxDiscardCnt is incremented when
subsequent cells are received.
For FCQ VCs, the CLPxDiscardCnt is incremented
when a cell is received. If a frame is in the process of
being re-assembled when ClassEn = 1->0, the
CLPxDiscardCnt will be incremented by the length of
the re-assembly queue plus 1 (cell that arrived).
30:24
Unused
Reserved
23:16
ClassMaxThrs Maximum threshold for cells on a per-Class basis. 4
h
bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional encoding. A zero value
will effectively disable congestion at the class level for
this class.
15:8
ClassCLP0Thr Per- Class EPD threshold for CLP0 cells that have
sh
met their minimum buffer allocation. 4 bit logarithmic,
4 bit fractional encoding.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
172
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
1
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
7:0
ClassCLP1Thr EPD maximum threshold for CLP1 cells on a persh
Class basis. 4 bit logarithmic, 4 bit fractional
encoding.
33:26
Unused
25:20
ClassCnt[17:1 Last 6 bits of an 18 bit count of all cells in both class,
2]
TxSlot (SFQ only) & VC queue. Used for congestion
control.
Reserved
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will reduce
this count by VcQCLP01Cnt
Class tear down will set this parameters to zero.
19:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
ClassHeadPtr Points to first Cell in linked list of Cell Records for
Class queue. A value of zero indicates that the queue
is empty; however, during shaping or VcMerge, it
does not indicate that the class is empty.
Class tear down will set this parameters to zero.
2
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:20
ClassCnt[11:0] First 12 bits of an 18 bit count of all cells in both class
& VC queue. See MSB for description.
19:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
ClassTailPtr
Points to last Cell in linked list of Cell Records for
Class queue.
Class tear down will set this parameters to zero.
3
33:0
Unused
Reserved
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During class setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
173
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
14.2.4 Shaping Context Records
14.2.4.1
Shape TxSlot Context Record
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = QShpStartAdr * 1024 + Shape# * 2048 + TxSlot/2, TxSlot =
0..4095
The TxSlot record for even numbered TxSlots are located in long words 0 & 1.
Odd numbered TxSlots are located in long words 2 & 3.
Table 31
- Shape TxSlot Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
0/2
33:16
ShpTxQHeadP Head pointer for the traffic shaped transmission
tr
queue. A value of zero indicates that the queue is
empty.
15:0
Unused
33:16
ShpTxQTailPtr Tail pointer for the traffic shaped transmission queue.
15:0
ShpTxQCnt
1/3
Description
Reserved
Number of cells en-queued on this time slot.
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During VC setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
14.2.4.2
Shape Rate Context Record
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = QShpStartAdr * 1024 + 8192 + ICI/2
The shape rate record for even numbered ICI’s are located in long words 0 & 1.
Odd numbered ICI’s are located in long words 2 & 3.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
174
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Table 32
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Shape Rate Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/2
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:28
ShpLateBits
Number of bits used to represent ShpTxSlotsLate, the
“late counter”. In unit of timeslots, MBS = 2 ^
ShpLateBits.
27:16
ShpCdvt
Cell Delay Variance Tolerance for the connection.
Format is in integer number of timeslots. It must be
less than ShpIncr, and ShpCdvt < 2 ^ ShpLateBits.
Relative to the ATMF 4.1 specification terminology,
this value is equivalent to T – Ts, where T = 1/PCR, Ts
= 1/SCR.
This parameter must be set to zero if ShpPrescale =
0.
15:13
Unused
Reserved
12
ShpPrescale
Determines the resolution of the Incr field
11:0
ShpIncr
Increment field for SCR-GCRA. . Format is in integer
number of timeslots if Prescale = 1 or in integer +
1/64 fractional timeslots xxxxxx.xxxxxx (6 bit integer
part w/ 6-bit fractional part) if ShpPrescale = 0.
The ShpIncr must always be greater than or equal to
1.0.
1/3
33:30
Unused
Reserved
29:18
ShpTxSlotsLat Indicates the accumulated number of late time slots
e
that the previous cells for this connection were output.
ShpLateBits specifies the number of least significant
bits used to represent this value.
17:12
ShpRem
Indicates the remainder when scheduling at fractional
timeslots.
11:0
ShpTxSlot
Indicates the last time slot that this connection was
scheduled
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
175
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During VC setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero.
14.2.5 Cell Context Record
MPMemSelect = External Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = QCellStartAdr * 1024 + CellPtr/4
The cell records are packed together. CellPtr = 0 would have the cell record
located in long word 0. CellPtr = 3 would have the cell record located in long
word 3 etc.
Table 33
- Cell Context Record Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
33:16
CellNextPtr
Points to the next cell in the linked list
15:0
CellICI
VC Identifier
Note
Parameters in italics are active context information. Microprocessor must mask
these bits out during in-service context modification. During freelist setup,
CellICI should be reset to zero.
14.2.6 Misc Context
Note:
1) Masked writes are not permitted for any of the Misc. context records.
2) Parameters in italics are active context information. During chip setup, these
italicized parameters should be reset to zero unless otherwise stated.
MPMemSelect = Internal Queue Context
MPQuadAddr = 2048
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
176
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Table 34
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Free Count Context Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
FreeCnt
Total count of all cells available for buffering. This
parameter must be initialized to the cell buffer size
minus 1.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will
increase this count by VcQCLP01Cnt.
Class tear down will increase this count by ClassCnt.
1
2
3
33:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
FreeHeadPtr
Points to the first cell context record of the linked list
that holds all the cell records that are free for cell
buffering.
33:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
FreeTailPtr
Points to the last cell context record of the linked list
that holds all the cell records that are free for cell
buffering.
33:0
Unused
Reserved
MPQuadAddr = 2049
Table 35
- Overall Count Context Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:18
Unused
Reserved
17:0
LoopCnt
Total count of all cells queued for all loop ports. This
is the “DirCnt” for cells destined to a loop port.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will reduce
this count by VcQCLP01Cnt if VC is destined for the
Loop.
Class tear down will reduce this count by ClassCnt if
class is destined for the Loop.
1
33:18
Unused
Reserved
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
177
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
17:0
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
WANCnt
Total count of all cells queued for all WAN ports. This
is the “DirCnt” for cells destined to a WAN port.
VC tear down and watch dog re-allocation will reduce
this count by VcQCLP01Cnt if VC is destined for the
WAN.
Class tear down will reduce this count by ClassCnt if
class is destined for the WAN.
2
33:0
Unused
Reserved
3
33:0
Unused
Reserved
MPQuadAddr = 2050
Table 36
- Congestion Discard Context Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:0
CLP0DiscardC Free running count of all inbound CLP0 cells that have
nt
been discarded due to congestion, re-assembly
maximum length limit, disabled class/port, or zero
length check.
33:16
Unused
15:0
CLP0DiscardI These bits contain the ICI of the last time a CLP0 cell
CI
was discarded due to congestion.
33:32
Unused
31:0
CLP1DiscardC Free running count of all inbound CLP1 cells that have
nt
been discarded due to congestion, re-assembly
maximum length limit, disabled class/port, or zero
length check.
33:0
Unused
15:0
CLP1DiscardI These bits contain the ICI of the last time a CLP1 cell
CI
was discarded due to congestion.
1
2
3
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MPQuadAddr = 2051
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
178
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Table 37
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Maximum Congestion ID Context Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:16
Unused
Reserved
15:0
VcMaxThrshEr These bits contain the ICI of the last VC queue that
rICI
has reached the congestion limit of VcMaxThrsh.
33:14
Unused
13:12
ClassMaxThrs These bits identify which class of the last class queue
hErrID
that has reached the ClassMaxThrsh limit.
11:0
ClassMaxThrs These bits contain the Port ID of the last class queue
hErrPortID
that has reached the ClassMaxThrsh limit. See VC
Context Record for PortID encoding.
33:12
Unused
11:0
PortMaxThrsh These bits contain the Port ID of the last port queue
ErrPortID
that has reached the PortMaxThrsh limit. See VC
Context Record for PortID encoding.
33:0
Unused
1
2
3
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MPQuadAddr = 2052
Table 38
- Misc Error Context Structure
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
33:32
Unused
Reserved
31:0
DiscardCnt
Free running general discard count of all the cells that
have been discarded due to reasons other than
congestion. Possible causes include re-assembly
time out, cell encountered on a disable VC/Class/Port,
tear down of a VC or class queue..
33:16
Unused
Reserved
15:0
CellRxErrICI
These bits contain the ICI of the last cell that was
destined for a VC that was not enabled. This could be
caused when any of the following enables are not set
to 1: VcEn, ClassEn, PortEn.
33:16
Unused
Reserved
1
2
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
179
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
3
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
15:0
VcReasLenErr These bits contain the ICI of the last VC that violated
ICI
the maximum permitted re-assembly length.
33:16
Unused
15:0
VcReasTimeE These bits contain the ICI of the last timed out VC
rrICI
discovered by the watch dog.
Reserved
14.3 WAN Port Scheduler Context
14.3.1 WAN Transmit Port Polling Weight Record
MPMemSelect = WAN Port Scheduler Internal Context
MPQuadAddr = 0
The WAN Transmit Port Polling Weight records are packed together
NOTE: Only single long word accesses are permitted at any one time.
Table 39
- WAN Transmit Port Polling Weight
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0
31:14
Unused
Reserved
13:12
WANPollWght WAN polling weight for port 3
3
11:10
Unused
9:8
WANPollWght WAN polling weight for port 2
2
7:6
Unused
5:4
WANPollWght WAN polling weight for port 1
1
3:2
Unused
1:0
WANPollWght WAN polling weight for port 0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
180
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
The polling weight determines how frequently the WAN port scheduler will
evaluate whether the corresponding WAN port should be polled for transmit
packet available. The weights are logarithmic. The weight determines how many
of the total polling cycles a port participates in. A weight should be set according
to the following table:
Table 40
- WAN Poll Weight Format
WANPollWght[1:0]
Weight ratio
00
1
01
1/2
10
1/4
11
1/8
14.3.2 WAN Transmit Class Status Record
MPMemSelect = WAN Port Scheduler Internal Context
MPQuadAddr = 0
NOTE: Only single long word accesses are permitted at any one time.
Table 41
- WAN Class Status
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
1
31:16
Unused
Reserved
15:12
WANClassStat WAN class status for port 3
3
11:8
WANClassStat WAN class status for port 2
2
7:4
WANClassStat WAN class status for port 1
1
3:0
WANClassStat WAN class status for port 0
0
The bits in each WAN class status indicates whether a cell destined for the given
WAN is currently in the queue waiting for transmission. Bit 0 represents class 0,
bit 1 represents class 1 etc.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
181
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Warning: Masking should always be applied over active classes during writes.
14.4 Loop Port Scheduler Context
14.4.1 Loop Transmit Port Polling Sequence Record
MPMemSelect = Loop Port Scheduler Internal Context
MPQuadAddr = Loop#/16
The Loop Transmit Port Polling Sequence records are packed. Each long word
contains sequence numbers for four ports. Each quad word contains entries for
16 ports. There are a total of 8 quad words in the table for a total of 128 loop
ports. Long word 0 contains weight for ports 0-3, long word 1 contains weight for
ports 4-7 etc.
NOTE: Only single long word accesses are permitted at any one time.
Table 42
- Loop Transmit Port Polling Sequence
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
31
Unused
Reserved
30:24
LoopPollSeq3 Loop polling sequence for port ((MPLWordEn bit *4) +
3)
23
Unused
22:16
LoopPollSeq2 Loop polling sequence for port ((MPLWordEn bit *4) +
2)
15
Unused
15:8
LoopPollSeq1 Loop polling sequence for port ((MPLWordEn bit *4) +
1)
7
Unused
6:0
LoopPollSeq0 Loop polling sequence for port ((MPLWordEn bit *4) +
0)
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
The polling sequence determines when within a loop port scheduler weight
polling cycle this port will be evaluated to be polled. This allows software to
evenly distribute the polling of ports of the same weight. The loop port scheduler
will compare the n LSB’s of the LoopPollSeq with the current scheduler poll
sequence to decide if that port should be polled (n is equal to the port’s
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
182
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
LoopPollWght). When these 2 values match and that port has transmit data to
be sent, that port is scheduled to be polled.
14.4.2 Loop Transmit Port Polling Weight Record
MPMemSelect = Loop Port Scheduler Internal Context
MPQuadAddr = 128 + Loop#/32
The Loop Transmit Port Polling Weight records are packed together. Each long
word contains weights for 8 loop ports. There are a total of 4 quad words in the
table for a total of 128 loop ports. Long word 0 contains weight for ports 0-7,
long word 1 contains weight for ports 8-15 etc.
NOTE: Only single long word accesses are permitted at any one time.
Table 43
- Loop Transmit Port Polling Weight
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
31
Unused
Reserved
30:28
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 7)
7
27
Unused
26:24
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 6)
6
23
Unused
22:20
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 5)
5
19
Unused
18:16
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 4)
4
15
Unused
14:12
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 3)
3
11
Unused
10:8
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 2)
2
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
183
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Parameter
Description
7
Unused
Reserved
6:4
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 1)
1
3
Unused
2:0
LoopPollWght Loop polling weight for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 0)
0
Reserved
The polling weight determines how frequently the loop port scheduler will
evaluate whether the corresponding loop port should be polled for transmit
packet available.
14.4.3 Loop Transmit Class Status Record
MPMemSelect = Loop Port Scheduler Internal Context
MPQuadAddr = 192 + Loop#/32
The Loop Class Status records are packed together. Each long word contains
status for 8 loop ports. There are a total of 4 quad words in the table for a total
of 128 loop ports. Long word 0 contains weight for ports 0-7, long word 1
contains weight for ports 8-15 etc.
NOTE: Only single long word accesses are permitted at any one time.
Table 44
- Loop Class Status
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
Description
0/1/2/3
31:28
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 7)
7
27:24
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 6)
6
23:20
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 5)
5
19:16
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 4)
4
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
184
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
MPLWord Bits
En (bit #)
Parameter
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
15:12
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 3)
3
11:8
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 2)
2
7:4
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) +1)
1
3:0
LoopClassStat Loop class status for port ((MPLWordEn bit *8) + 0)
0
The bits in each loop class status indicates whether a cell destined for the given
loop is currently in the queue waiting for transmission. Bit 0 represents class 0,
bit 1 represents class 1 etc.
Warning: Masking should always be applied over active classes during writes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
185
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
15
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
TEST FEATURES DESCRIPTION
15.1 JTAG Test Port
The S/UNI-APEX-1K800 JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) allows access to the TAP
controller and the 4 TAP registers: instruction, bypass, device identification and
boundary scan. Using the TAP, device input logic levels can be read, device
outputs can be forced, the device can be identified and the device scan path can
be bypassed.
Table 45
- Instruction Register
Length - 3 bits
Instructions
Selected Register
Instruction Codes,
IR[2:0]
EXTEST
Boundary Scan
000
IDCODE
Identification
001
SAMPLE
Boundary Scan
010
BYPASS
Bypass
011
BYPASS
Bypass
100
STCTEST
Boundary Scan
101
BYPASS
Bypass
110
BYPASS
Bypass
111
Table 46
- Identification Register
Length
32 bits
Version number
0H
Part Number
7326H
Manufacturer's identification code
0CDH
Device identification
073260CDH
Table 47
- Boundary Scan Register
Please see file “S/UNI-APEX-1K800 JTAG Scan Register.xls”
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
186
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Boundary Scan Cells
In the following diagrams, CLOCK-DR is equal to TCK when the current
controller state is SHIFT-DR or CAPTURE-DR, and unchanging otherwise. The
multiplexer in the centre of the diagram selects one of four inputs, depending on
the status of select lines G1 and G2. The ID Code bit is as listed in the Boundary
Scan Register table located above.
Figure 30
- Input Observation Cell (IN_CELL)
IDCODE
Scan Chain Out
INPUT
to internal
logic
Input
Pad
G1
G2
SHIFT-DR
I.D. Code bit
12
1 2 MUX
12
12
D
C
CLOCK-DR
Scan Chain In
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
187
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 31
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Output Cell (OUT_CELL)
Scan Chain Out
G1
EXTEST
Output or Enable
from system logic
IDOODE
SHIFT-DR
I.D. code bit
1
1
G1
G2
1
1
1
1
2
2 MUX
2
2
OUTPUT
or Enable
MUX
D
D
C
C
CLOCK-DR
UPDATE-DR
Figure 32
Scan Chain In
- Bi-directional Cell (IO_CELL)
Scan Chain Out
G1
EXTEST
OUTPUT from
internal logic
IDCODE
SHIFT-DR
INPUT
from pin
I.D. code bit
1
1
G1
G2
12
1 2 MUX
12
12
MUX
D
C
INPUT
to internal
logic
OUTPUT
to pin
D
C
CLOCK-DR
UPDATE-DR
Scan Chain In
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
188
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 33
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Layout of Output Enable and Bidirectional Cells
Scan Chain Out
OUTPUT ENABLE
from internal
logic (0 = drive)
INPUT to
internal logic
OUTPUT from
internal logic
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
I/O
PAD
Scan Chain In
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
189
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
16
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
OPERATION
Please refer to the document “S/UNI-APEX H/W Programmer’s Guide”, PMC991454
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
190
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
17
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
FUNCTIONAL TIMING
17.1 Microprocessor Interface
The following diagrams illustrate the various handshaking required for
microprocessor reads and writes.
Figure 34 shows a single read and write operation with bus polarity set to 1. On
the first cycle, BURSTB is sampled inactive; therefore, it is expected that the
cycle be a single data transfer, and the BLAST signal is of no significance. The
subsequent 2 cycles have BURSTB sampled active hence the transfer cycle Is
terminated when both BLAST and READYB are asserted. Note that between
each transfer, there is a turn around cycle provided by the external interface to
ensure that there is no bus contention on back to back transfers on the AD bus.
Figure 34
1
- Single Word Read and Write
2
3
4
5
6
7
Read, 3 wait cycles
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Write, 1 wait cycle
15
16
17
18
19
Read, 4 wait cycles
BCLK
BUSPOL
CSB
ADSB
AD(31:0)
A
D
A
D
A
D
WR
BURSTB
BLAST
READYB
BTERMB
Figure 35 shows a burst read and write operation with bus polarity set to 0. The
first and third access illustrate transfers that are terminated by the S/UNI-APEX1K800 via the assertion of BTERMB. The second and fourth access illustrate
transfers that are terminated by the external interface via the assertion of BLAST.
Note that between each transfer, there is no turn around cycle. Care must be
taken to examine the AC timing to ensure that there is no bus contention on the
AD bus between a read followed by a write transfer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
191
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 35
1
2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Burst Read and Write
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Burst Read, 3 wait cycles, BTERMB issued
Burst Read, 4 wait cycles, no BTERMB
Burst Write, 1 wait cycles, BTE
BCLK
BUSPOL
CSB
ADSB
AD(31:0)
A
D
A
D
A
D
A
D
D
WR
BURSTB
BLAST
READYB
BTERMB
Figure 36 shows consecutive write operations using the WRDONEB signal
without the READYB. Write operations may only begin when WRDONEB is
sampled low by the external interface. On the first data transfer, the cycle is
terminated normally. Subsequent access does not begin until WRDONEB is
sampled low by the external interface. This interface is used when the external
processor is incapable of dealing with wait states during write operations.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
192
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 36
1
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Consecutive Write Accesses Using WRDONEB
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
D0
D1 D2 D3
BCLK
BUSPOL
CSB
ADSB
AD(31:0)
A
D0
A
WR
BURSTB
BLAST
WRDONEB
17.2 SDRAM Interface
The following three diagrams depict the timing for signals destined for the pins of
the SDRAM during the Activate-Read (with Auto-precharge), Activate-Write (with
Auto-precharge), and Auto-refresh command sequences. The cbcmd signal is
not an actual signal; it merely represents the memory access command formed
by the combination of the individual SDRAM control signals (cbcsb_o, cbrasb_o,
etc.). Another note is that reads/writes are always done in bursts of eight words;
the first involves the even banks and the second burst involves the odd banks in
SDRAM.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
193
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 37
1
2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Read Timing
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
sysclk
tRCD
cbcmd
act0
tRCD
desel/nop
rd0
desel/nop
act1
desel/nop
rd1
desel/nop
cbcsb
cbrasb
cbcasb
cbweb
cbdqm[1:0]
cbbs[1:0]
even bank
odd bank
00
cba[11, 9:0]
even row
even col
odd row
odd col
cba[10]
even row
prea
odd row
prea
cbdq[31:0]
d0
Figure 38
1
2
3
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
d9
d10
d11
d12
d13
17
18
d14
d15
- Write Timing
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
20
sysclk
tRCD
cbcmd
act0
desel/nop
tRCD
wr0
desel/nop
act1
desel/nop
wr1
desel/nop
cbcsb
cbrasb
cbcasb
cbweb
cbdqm[1:0]
cbbs[1:0]
even bank
odd bank
00
cba[11, 9:0]
even row
even col
odd row
odd col
cba[10]
even row
prea
odd row
prea
cbdq[31:0]
d0
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
d9
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
d10
d11
d12
d13
194
d14
d15
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 39
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Refresh
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
sysclk
cbcmd
tRC
desel/nop
refa
act
desel/nop
cbcsb
cbrasb
cbcasb
cbweb
cbdqm[1:0]
cbbs[1:0]
00
cba[11:0]
400h
cbdq[31:0]
Figure 40
1
2
3
- Power Up and Initialization Sequence
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
sysclk
Vcc
CBRI performs first arbitration on cycle following MRS
SDRAM Initialization Sequence (78 cyc)
bucb_cben
REFA & tRC (9 cyc) sequence must be
repeated 8 times, prior to MRS
tRP (3cyc)
cbcmd
NOP
PREA
NOP
tRC (9cyc)
REFA
NOP
REFA
NOP
MRS
cbcsb
cbrasb
cbcasb
cbweb
cbdqm[1:0]
cbbs[1:0]
00
cba[11:0]
400h
033h
cbdq[31:0]
17.3 ZBT SSRAM Interface
The following diagram depicts the timing for signals destined for the pins of the
pipelined ZBT SSRAM during a read followed by a write cycle. The cmcmd
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
195
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
signal is not an actual signal; it merely represents the memory access command
formed by the combination of the individual SSRAM control.
Figure 41
- Read followed by Write Timing
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
sysclk
cmcmd
rd
desel
wr
desel
cmceb
cmrwb
cma[18:0]
a1
a2
cmab[18:17]
a1
a2
cmd[33:0]
r1
w2
cmp[1:0]
r1
w2
17.4 Late Write SSRAM Interface
The following diagram depicts the timing for signals destined for the pins of the
register to register Late Write SSRAM during a read followed by a write cycle.
The cmcmd signal is not an actual signal; it merely represents the memory
access command formed by the combination of the individual SSRAM control.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
196
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 42
1
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Read followed by Write Timing
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
sysclk
cmcmd
rd
desel
wr
desel
cmceb
cmrwb
cma[18:0]
a1
a2
mab[18:17]
a1
a2
2cyc
1cyc
cmd[33:0]
r1
w2
cmp[1:0]
r1
w2
17.5 Any-PHY/UTOPIA Interfaces
While the following diagrams present representative waveforms, they are not an
attempt to unambiguously describe the interfaces. The Pin Description section is
intended to present the detailed pin behavior and constraints on use.
The following parameters apply to all Any-PHY/UTOPIA interface figures:
n = 2 for WAN, 5 for Loop
m = 7 for 8 bit mode, 15 for 16 bit mode
k = function of 8/16 bit mode, and number of prepends selected.
17.5.1 Receive Master/Transmit Slave Interfaces
Figure 43 gives an example of the functional timing of the receive interface when
configured as a UTOPIA Level 2 compliant transmit slave. The interface
responds to the polling of address “APEX” (which matches the address defined
by the register {Loop/WAN}RxSlaveAddr[n:0]) by asserting RPA when it is
capable of accepting a complete cell. As a result, the master selects the S/UNIAPEX-1K800 by presenting “APEX” again during the last cycle RENB is high.
Had not the device been selected, RSOP, RDAT[n:0] and RPRTY would have
remained high-impedance.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
197
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Figure 43 illustrates that a cell transfer may be paused by deasserting RENB.
The device is reselected by presenting address “APEX” the last cycle RENB is
high to resume the transfer.
Figure 43
- UTOPIA L2 Transmit Slave (Loop & WAN)
RCLK
RADR [n:0]
APEX
APEX
DEV 2
1 RCLK
RPA
RDAT[m:0], RPRTY
Data K-2
Data K-1
Data K
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
RENB
RSOP
Figure 44 gives an example of the functional timing of the receive interface when
configured as a UTOPIA Level 1 compliant receive master. When S/UNI-APEX1K800 is capable of accepting at least one more cell, and it samples RPA high, a
transfer cycle is initiated. If the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is capable of receiving an
additional cell and RPA is sampled high, it will de-assert RENB first before
initiating the next transfer.
Once transfer is initiated, RENB will remain asserted until the last data is
received.
Figure 44
- UTOPIA L1 Receive Master (Loop & WAN)
RCLK
RADR [n:0]
RPA
RDAT[m:0], RPRTY
Data 0
Data 1
Data K-1
Data K
RENB
RSOP
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
198
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Figure 45 gives an example of the functional timing of the receive interface when
configured as a UTOPIA Level 2 compliant receive master. When S/UNI-APEX1K800 is capable of accepting at least one more cell, the interface polls
addresses until it receives an asserted RPA. As a result, the master re-selects
the same RADR again during the last cycle RENB is high to initiate a transfer. If
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is capable of receiving an additional cell, it will continue
to poll for the next available port.
Once transfer is initiated, RENB will remain asserted until the last data is
received.
Figure 45
- UTOPIA L2 Receive Master (Loop & WAN)
RCLK
RADR [n:0]
DEV 0
DEV x
DEV n
1 RCLK
RPA
RDAT [m:0], RPRTY
DEV 0
DEV n
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
Data K-1
Data K
Data 0
RENB
RSOP
Figure 46 gives an example of the functional timing of the receive interface when
configured as a Any-PHY compliant receive master. When S/UNI-APEX-1K800 is
capable of accepting at least one more cell, the interface polls addresses until it
receives an asserted RPA. As a result, the master re-selects the same RADR
again during the last cycle RENB is high to initiate a transfer. If the S/UNI-APEX1K800 is capable of receiving an additional cell, it will continue to poll for the next
available port.
Once transfer is initiated, RENB will remain asserted until the last data is
received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
199
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 46
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Any-PHY Receive Master (Loop & WAN)
RCLK
RADR [n:0]
DEV 0
DEV x
DEV n
2 RCLK
RPA
RDAT [m:0], RPRTY
DEV 0
DEV n
DEV 0 Adr Pre Data 1
Data K-1
Data K
D
RENB
RSX
RSOP
17.5.2 Transmit Master/Receive Slave Interfaces
Figure 47 gives an example of the functional timing of the transmit interface
when configured as a UTOPIA Level 2 compliant receive slave. The interface
responds to the polling of address “APEX” (which matches the address defined
by the register {Loop/WAN}TxSlaveAddr[n:0]) by asserting TPA when it is
capable of transmitting a complete cell. As a result, the master selects the
S/UNI-APEX by presenting “APEX” again during the last cycle TENB is high. Had
not the device been selected, TSOP, TDAT[n:0] and TPRTY would have
remained high-impedance.
Figure 47 illustrates that a cell transfer may be paused by deasserting TENB.
The device is reselected by presenting address “APEX” the last cycle TENB is
high to resume the transfer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
200
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 47
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- UTOPIA L2 Receive Slave (Loop & WAN)
TCLK
TADR [n:0]
APEX
APEX
DEV 2
Data K
Data 0
1 TCLK
TPA
TDAT[m:0], TPRTY
Data K-3
Data K-2
Data K-1
Data 1
TENB
TSOP
Figure 48 gives an example of the functional timing of the WAN transmit
interface when configured as a UTOPIA L1 compliant transmit master. The
address presented on the WTADR bus comes from the WANTxSlaveAddr
register. When the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 samples WTPA as high and there is a
complete cell is available for transfer, a transfer is initiated. If WTPA remains
high at the end of the first transfer, and if a cell is available for transfer, another
transfer is initiated. Transfers complete without pausing.
Figure 48
- WAN UTOPIA L1 Transmit Master
WTCLK
WTADR [2:0]
register WANTxSlaveAddr
WTPA
WTDAT[m:0], WTPRTY
Data 0
Data 1
Data K
Data 0
Data 1
WTENB
TSOP
Figure 49 gives an example of the functional timing of the loop transmit interface
when configured as a UTOPIA L1 compliant transmit master. It is nearly identical
to the WAN UTOPIA L1 transmit master, with the exception that the address on
the LTADR bus is indeterminate and should not be used.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
201
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 49
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Loop UTOPIA L1 Transmit Master
LTCLK
LTADR [11:0]
LTPA
LTDAT [m:0], LTPRTY
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
Data K-1
Data K
Data 0
LTENB
LTSOP
Figure 50 gives an example of the functional timing of the WAN transmit
interface when configured as a UTOPIA L2 compliant transmit master. The
S/UNI-APEX-1K800 polls ports that it has a complete cell available for transfer.
The receiving device responds by driving WTPA. When the first port asserts
WTPA, the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 will stop polling, and drives WTADR with the
port’s address until the transfer is initiated. Once the transfer is initiated, as
indicated by the assertion of WTENB, polling recommences and continues until
the next port asserts WTPA. If the port in transfer is polled at the same time,
WTPA is considered valid only for the last 4 clocks from the end of the transfer.
The second transfer will not begin until the first transfer is complete. Transfers
complete without pausing.
Figure 50
- WAN UTOPIA L2 Transmit Master
WTCLK
WTADR [2:0]
DEV 0
DEV x
DEV n
1 TCLK
WTPA
WTDAT[m:0], WTPRTY
DEV 0
DEV x
Dev 0, Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
DEV n
Data K
Dev n, Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
WTENB
WTSOP
Figure 51 gives an example of the functional timing of the loop transmit interface
when configured as a UTOPIA L2 compliant transmit master. It is nearly identical
to the WAN UTOPIA L2 transmit master, with the exception of the polling
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
202
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
behaviour. Unlike the WAN, the loop interface will assert a NULL address once a
LTPA is sampled high. The NULL address remains on the LTADR bus until the
port selection marking the start of the next transfer. Transfers complete without
pausing.
Figure 51
- Loop UTOPIA L2 Transmit Master
LTCLK
LTADR [5:0]
PHY 0
PHY x
PHY 1
PHY 1
1 TCLK
LTPA
LTDAT [m:0], LTPRTY
PHY 0
Dev 0,Data 1
PHY x
Data 2
Data K-1
PHY 1
PHY 1
Data K
Dev 1, Data 1
LTENB
TSOP
Figure 52 gives an example of the functional timing of the WAN transmit
interface when configured as a Any-PHY compliant transmit master. The S/UNIAPEX-1K800 polls ports that it has a complete cell available for transfer. The
receiving device responds by driving WTPA. When the first port asserts WTPA,
the S/UNI-APEX-1K800 will stop polling, and drives WTADR with the port’s
address until the transfer is initiated. Once the transfer is initiated, as indicated
by the assertion of WTENB & WTSX, polling recommences and continues until
the next port asserts WTPA. Transfers complete without pausing.
Figure 52
- WAN Any-PHY Transmit Master
WTCLK
WTADR [2:0]
DEV 0
DEV x
DEV 1
2 TCLK
WTPA
WTDAT[m:0], WTPRTY
DEV 0
Adr Pre, Dev 0 Data 0
DEV 1
Data 1
Data K
Adr Pre, Dev 1 Data 0
WTENB
WTSX
TSOP
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
203
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Figure 53 gives an example of the functional timing of the loop transmit interface
when configured as a Any-PHY compliant transmit master. The S/UNI-APEX1K800 polls ports that it has a complete cell available for transfer. The receiving
device responds by driving LTPA. Positive responses are recorded, and will
eventually result in a data transfer. Polling continues independent of the data
transfer state.
Data transfers are initiated with the assertion of LTENB & LTSX, and complete
without pausing.
Figure 53
- Loop Any-PHY Transmit Master
LTCLK
LTADR [7:0]
PHY 7
PHY 0
PHY 1
PHY 0
2 TCLK
LTPA
TDAT [m:0], LTPRTY
PHY 0
Adr Pre, PHY 8
Data 1
Data 2
PHY 1
Data 3
Data K-1
Data K
AdrPre, PHY2
LTENB
LTSX
LTSOP
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
204
Data 1
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
18
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Maximum rating are the worst case limits that the device can withstand without
sustaining permanent damage. They are not indicative of normal mode operation
conditions.
Table 48
- Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Symbol
Value
Storage Temperature
TST
-40°C to +125°C
Supply Voltage
VDD
-0.3V to +4.6V
Voltage on Any Pin
VIN
0V to VDDO+0.5V
Static Discharge Voltage
±1000 V
Latch-Up Current
±100 mA
DC Input Current
IIN
Lead Temperature
Junction Temperature
±10 mA
+230°C
TJ
+150°C
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
205
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
19
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
D.C. CHARACTERISTICS
TA = -40°C to +85°C, VVDD = 3.3 V ± 0.3V, VPCH = 2.5 V ± 8%
(Typical Conditions: TA = 25°C, VVDD = 3.3 V, VPCH = 2.5 V )
Table 49
Symbol
- D.C. Characteristics
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Conditions
s
VDD
Pin Power
3.0
3.3
3.6
Volts
2.3
2.5
2.7
Volts
-0.3
1.4
0.8
Volts
2.0
1.4
5.5V
Volts
0.4
Volts
VDD = min, IOL = 2 mA, VI = VIL
Volts
VDD = min, IOH = -2 mA, VI = VIH
Supply
PCH
Core Power
Supply
VIL
Input Low
Voltage
VIH
Input High
Voltage
VOL
Output or
Bidirectional Low
Voltage
VOH
Output or
2.4
Bidirectional
High Voltage
VT+
Schmitt Input
1.39
1.82
2.06
Volts
For pins RSTB & TRSTB
0.8
1.24
1.46
Volts
For pins RSTB & TRSTB
Volts
For pins RSTB & TRSTB
High Threshold
Voltage
VT-
Schmitt Input
Low Threshold
Voltage
VTH
0.51
Schmitt Input
Hysteresis
Voltage
IILPU
Input Low Leak
+10
+100
µA
VIL = GND. Notes 1, 3
-10
+10
µA
VIH = VDDO. Notes 1, 3
-10
+10
µA
VIL = GND. Notes 2, 3
Current
IIHPU
Input High Leak
Current
IIL
Input Low Leak
Current
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
206
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Symbol
ISSUE 2
Parameter
Min
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Typ
Max
Unit
Conditions
s
IIH
Input High
-10
+10
µA
VIH = VDDO. Notes 2, 3
pF
Excluding Package, Package Typically
Current
CIN
Input
6
Capacitance
COUT
Output
1 pF
6
pF
Capacitance
CIO
Bidirectional
1 pF
6
pF
Capacitance
IDDOP
Excluding Package, Package Typically
Excluding Package, Package Typically
1 pF
Operating
513
Current
(core)
99 (I/O
unload
ed)
410
(I/O
loaded
)
mA
TA = 85 degC
VDD = VDD (max),,
PCH = PCH (max)
SYSCLK = 80MHz,
BCLK = 66MHz
WRCLK, WTCLK, LRCLK, LTCLK =
52MHz, all Any-PHY I/F in master
modes
1.66Mcells/s Aggregate throughput
I/O loaded:
80pF on Loop Any-PHY I/F
40pF on WAN Any-PHY I/F, SSRAM I/F
20pF on SDRAM I/F
50pF on uP I/F
Notes on D.C. Characteristics:
1. Input pin or bi-directional pin with internal pull-up resistor.
2. Input pin or bi-directional pin without internal pull-up resistor
3. Negative currents flow into the device (sinking), positive currents flow out of
the device (sourcing).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
207
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
20
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
A.C. TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
(TA = -40°C to +85°C, VVDD = 3.3 V ± 0.3V, VPCH = 2.5 V ± 8%)
Notes on Input Timing:
1. When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up
time is measured from the 50% point of the input to the 50% point of the
clock.
2. When a hold time is specified between a clock and an input, the hold time is
measured from the 50% point of the clock to the 50% point of the input.
Notes on Output Timing:
1. Output time is measured between the 50% point of the clock to the 50% point
of the output.
Figure 54
- RSTB Timing
tV RSTB
RSTB
Table 50
- RTSB Timing
Symbol
Description
Min
tVRSTB
RSTB Pulse Width
100
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Max
Units
ns
208
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
Figure 55
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
- Synchronous I/O Timing
CLK
Ts
Th
Input
Tp
Tz
Tzb
Output
Table 51
- SYSCLK Timing
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fCLK
Frequency, SYSCLK
40
80
MHz
DCLK
Duty Cycle,SYSCLK
40
60
%
Max
Units
Table 52
- Cell Buffer SDRAM Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Ts
Input Set-up time to SYSCLK
2.4
ns
Th
Input Hold time to SYSCLK
0.7
ns
Tp
SYSCLK High to Output Valid
1.25
7.0
ns
Tz
SYSCLK High to Output High-Impedance
1.25
8.0
ns
Tzb
SYSCLK High to Output Driven
1.25
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 20pF load on the
outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 10 pF load on the
outputs.
Table 53
- Context Memory ZBT & Late Write SSRAM Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Ts
Input Set-up time to SYSCLK
2.4
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Max
Units
ns
209
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
Th
Input Hold time to SYSCLK
0.7
Tp
SYSCLK High to Output Valid
1.5
8.25
ns
Tz
SYSCLK High to Output High-Impedance
1.25
8.25
ns
Tzb
SYSCLK High to Output Driven
1.5
ns
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 40pF load on the
outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 0 pF load on the
outputs.
Table 54
- Microprocessor Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fCLK
Frequency, BCLK
0
66
MHz
DCLK
Duty Cycle, BCLK
40
60
%
Ts
Input Set-up time to BCLK
3.0
ns
Th
Input Hold time to BCLK
0.1
ns
Tp
BCLK High to Output Valid
2.0
8.0
ns
Tz
BCLK High to Output High-Impedance
2.0
11.0
ns
Tzb
BCLK High to Output Driven
2.0
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 50pF load on the
outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 0 pF load on the
outputs.
Table 55
- Loop Any-PHY Transmit Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
fCLK
LTCLK Frequency
5
52
DCLK
LTCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
Ts
Input Set-up time to LTCLK
4.0
ns
Th
Input Hold time to LTCLK
0.0
ns
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
210
Units
%
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
Tp
LTCLK High to Output Valid
1.75
10.0
ns
Tz
LTCLK High to Output High-Impedance
1.75
12.0
ns
Tzb
LTCLK High to Output Driven
1.75
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with an 80pF load on the
loop outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 0 pF load on the
outputs.
Table 56
- WAN Any-PHY Transmit Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fCLK
WTCLK Frequency
0
52
DCLK
WTCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
Ts
Input Set-up time to WTCLK
3.5
ns
Th
Input Hold time to WTCLK
0.0
ns
Tp
WTCLK High to Output Valid
1.75
8.0
ns
Tz
WTCLK High to Output High-Impedance
1.75
12.0
ns
Tzb
WTCLK High to Output Driven
1.75
%
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 40pF load on the WAN
outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 0 pF load on the
outputs.
Table 57
- Loop Any-PHY Receive Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fCLK
LRCLK Frequency
0
52
MHz
DCLK
LRCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
Ts
Input Set-up time to LRCLK
3.0
ns
Th
Input Hold time to LRCLK
0.25
ns
Tp
LRCLK High to Output Valid
1.75
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
9.0
211
ns
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
Tz
LRCLK High to Output High-Impedance
1.75
12.0
ns
Tzb
LRCLK High to Output Driven
1.75
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with an 50pF load on the
loop outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 0 pF load on the
outputs.
Table 58
- WAN Any-PHY Receive Interface
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fCLK
WRCLK Frequency
0
52
MHz
DCLK
WRCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
Ts
Input Set-up time to WRCLK
2.0
ns
Th
Input Hold time to WRCLK
0.35
ns
Tp
WRCLK High to Output Valid
1.75
9.0
ns
Tz
WRCLK High to Output High-Impedance
1.75
12.0
ns
Tzb
WRCLK High to Output Driven
1.75
ns
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 40pF load on the WAN
outputs.
Minimum output propagation delays are measured with a 0 pF load on the
outputs.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
212
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
20.1 JTAG INTERFACE
Figure 56
- JTAG Port Interface Timing
TCK
tS TMS
tH TMS
tS TDI
tH TDI
TMS
TDI
TCK
tP TDO
TDO
tV TRSTB
TRSTB
Table 59
Symbol
- JTAG Port Interface
Description
Min
TCK Frequency
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
213
Max
Units
5
MHz
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
Symbol
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
Description
Min
Max
Units
TCK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
tSTMS
TMS Setup time to TCK
50
ns
tHTMS
TMS Hold time to TCK
50
ns
tSTDI
TDI Setup time to TCK
50
ns
tHTDI
TDI Hold time to TCK
50
ns
tPTDO
TCK Low to TDO Valid
2
tVTRSTB TRSTB Pulse Width
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
50
100
214
ns
ns
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
21
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
ORDERING AND THERMAL INFORMATION
Part No.
Description
PM7329-BI
352 Ball Grid Array Package (SBGA)
Theta JC < 1 degC/W
Theta JA degC/W
Forced Air (Linear Feet per Minute)
@ 2.86W
Conv
100
200
300
400
500
Dense Board
18.5
16.4
15.1
14.2
13.8
13.7
JEDEC Board
13.0
12.0
11.3
10.8
10.3
9.7
Notes:
1.
DENSE Board is defined as a 3S3P board and consists of a 3x3 array of
device PM7329 located as close to each other as board design rules allow. All
PM7329 devices are assumed to be dissipating 2.86 Watts. Θ JA listed is for the
device in the middle of the array.
2.
JEDEC Board Θ JA is the measured value for a single thermal device in
the same package on a 2S2P board following EIA/JESD 51-3
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
215
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
22
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
MECHANICAL INFORMATION
Figure 57
- Mechanical Drawing 352 Pin Ball Grid Array (SBGA)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
216
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
NOTES
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
217
PM7329 S/UNI-APEX-1K800
DATASHEET
PMC-2010141
ISSUE 2
ATM TRAFFIC MANAGER AND SWITCH
CONTACTING PMC-SIERRA, INC.
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
105-8555 Baxter Place Burnaby, BC
Canada V5A 4V7
Tel:
(604) 415-6000
Fax:
(604) 415-6200
Document Information:
Corporate Information:
Application Information:
Web Site:
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
(604) 415-4533
http://www.pmc-sierra.com
None of the information contained in this document constitutes an express or implied warranty by PMC-Sierra, Inc. as to the sufficiency, fitness or suitability for a
particular purpose of any such information or the fitness, or suitability for a particular purpose, merchantability, performance, compatibility with other parts or
systems, of any of the products of PMC-Sierra, Inc., or any portion thereof, referred to in this document. PMC-Sierra, Inc. expressly disclaims all representations
and warranties of any kind regarding the contents or use of the information, including, but not limited to, express and implied warranties of accuracy, completeness,
merchantability, fitness for a particular use, or non-infringement.
In no event will PMC-Sierra, Inc. be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, lost profits, lost
business or lost data resulting from any use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not PMC-Sierra, Inc. has been advised of the possibility of such
damage.
© 2001 PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PMC-2010141 (R2) Issue date: February, 2001
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA, INC., AND FOR ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE